WO2024044134A1 - Photoreceptor rescue cell (prc) compositions and methods for treatment of ocular disorders - Google Patents
Photoreceptor rescue cell (prc) compositions and methods for treatment of ocular disorders Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024044134A1 WO2024044134A1 PCT/US2023/030699 US2023030699W WO2024044134A1 WO 2024044134 A1 WO2024044134 A1 WO 2024044134A1 US 2023030699 W US2023030699 W US 2023030699W WO 2024044134 A1 WO2024044134 A1 WO 2024044134A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- tpm
- cells
- composition
- transcripts
- formulation
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N5/00—Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
- C12N5/06—Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
- C12N5/0602—Vertebrate cells
- C12N5/0618—Cells of the nervous system
- C12N5/062—Sensory transducers, e.g. photoreceptors; Sensory neurons, e.g. for hearing, taste, smell, pH, touch, temperature, pain
Definitions
- retinal diseases or disorders that can result in loss of vision or even blindness.
- retinal diseases or disorders are rod or cone dystrophies, retinal degeneration, retinitis pigmentosa, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration (such as age-related macular degeneration (wet or dry), geographic atropy secondary to AMD, Leber congenital amaurosis and Stargardt disease.
- macular degeneration such as age-related macular degeneration (wet or dry)
- geographic atropy secondary to AMD Leber congenital amaurosis and Stargardt disease.
- Several retinal diseases or disorders are a result of cell loss in the nuclear layers, primarily in the outer nuclear layer, which includes photoreceptor cells. Replacement of degenerating photoreceptors with new cells offers a potential method of slowing or stopping cell degeneration and vision loss.
- a potential replacement source of photoreceptor cells includes stem cells.
- stem cells Early studies incorporated the use of mouse cells, mouse stem cells or heterogeneous populations of retinal progenitor cells as a possible source of cells for replacement of lost photoreceptors. These early studies described transplantation of photoreceptor precursor cells from postnatal day 1 mouse retina (Maclaren et al. Nature 444(9): 203 -207, 2006), in vitro generation of retinal precursor cells from mouse embryonic stem cells (Ikeda et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 102(32): 11331-11336, 2005), generation of retinal progenitor cells from postnatal day 1 mouse retinas (Kassi et al. Invest. Ophthal. Vis. Sci.
- iPS induced pluripotent stem cells
- the present invention provides a photoreceptor rescue cell (PRCs) composition comprising a plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells having unique marker portfolios and methods for their use in the treatment of ocular disorders.
- PRCs photoreceptor rescue cell
- the present invention provides a photoreceptor rescue cell composition comprising a plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells, wherein the plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells cumulatively expresses at least two of the markers selected from the group consisting of FOXG1, MAP2, STMN2, DCX, LINC00461, NEUROD2, GAD1, and NFIA.
- photoreceptor rescue cell composition further comprising a medium suitable for maintaining the viability of the cells.
- the cells are generated by in vitro differentiation of pluripotent cells.
- the pluripotent cells are embryonic cells (ESCs) or induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs).
- ESCs embryonic cells
- iPSCs induced pluripotent stem cells
- At least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% of cells in the composition are photoreceptor rescue cells.
- the plurality of heterogeneous cells cumulatively expresses FOXG1 and MAP2.
- (i) about 50% to about 100%, about 50% to about 90%, about 55% to about 85%, or about 55% to about 73% of cells in the composition express FOXG1; and/or (ii) at least about 50%, 55%, 57%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 71%, 75%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 85%, 87%, 90%, 92%, 95%, 97%, or 100% of cells in the composition express FOXG1, and/or (iii) about 55 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 200 TPM, about 60 TPM to about 170 TPM, about 140 TPM to about 165 TPM, or about 149 TPM to about 170 TPM of FOXG1 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 55 TPM, 60 TPM, 70 TPM, 80 TPM, 90 TPM, 100 TPM, 110 TPM, 120 TPM, 130 TPM, 140 TPM, 150 TPM, 160 TPM, 170
- TPM transcripts per
- (i) about 75% to about 100%, about 75% to about 98%, about 75% to about 95%, about 77% to about 93%, of cells in the composition express MAP2; and/or (ii) at least about 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% of cells in the composition express MAP2; and/or (iii) about 250 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 700 TPM, about 290 TPM to about 650 TPM, about 450 TPM to about 625 TPM, or about 490 TPM to about 615 TPM of MAP2 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 250 TPM, 300 TPM, 350 TPM, 400 TPM, 450 TPM, 475 TPM, 490 TPM, 510 TPM, 525 TPM, 550 TPM, 5
- TPM transcripts per
- the plurality of heterogeneous cells cumulatively expresses at least one additional marker selected from the group consisting of STMN2, DCX, LINC00461, NEUROD2, GAD1, and NFIA. In one embodiment, the plurality of heterogeneous cells cumulatively expresses at least 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 of markers FOXG1, MAP2, STMN2, DCX, LINC00461, NEUROD2, GAD1, and NFIA.
- TPM transcripts per million
- (i) about 65% to about 95%, about 65% to about 85%, about 70% to about 95%, about 70% to about 90%, about 70% to about 89%, about 75% to about 95%, about 75% to about 90%, or about 75% to about 89% of cells in the composition express DCX; and/or (ii) at least about 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, or 95% of cells in the composition express DCX; and/or (iii) about 200 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 900 TPM, about 250 TPM to about 900 TPM, about 600 TPM to about 900 TPM, or about 750 TPM to about 850 TPM of DCX transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 200 TPM, 250 TPM, 350 TPM, 400 TPM, 450 TPM, 500 TPM, 550 TPM, 600 TPM, 650 TPM, 700 TPM,
- (i) about 65% to about 98%, about 65% to about 95%, about 70% to about 98%, about 70% to about 95%, about 70% to about 90%, about 75% to about 98%, about 75% to about 90%, or about 80% to about 95% of cells in the composition express EINC00461; and/or (ii) at least about 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, or 98% of cells in the composition express EINC00461; and/or (iii) about 50 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 100 TPM, about 50 TPM to about 95 TPM, about 85 TPM to about 95 TPM, or about 87 TPM to about 93 TPM of EINC00461 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 50 TPM, 60 TPM, 65 TPM, 70 TPM, 75 TPM, 80 TPM, 85 TPM, 87 TPM
- (i) about 1% to about 25%, about 1% to about 20%, 1% to about 18%, 1% to about 16%, about 1% to about 14%, about 1% to about 12%, 1% to about 10%, about 1% to about 8%, about 1% to about 7%, about 1% to about 5% or about 2% to about 4% of cells in the composition express NEUR0D2; and/or (ii) at least about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 12%, 14%, 16%, 18%, 20%, 22%, 24%, or 25% of cells in the composition express NEUROD2; and/or (iii) about 0 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 10 TPM, about 0.01 TPM to about 9 TPM, about 0.2 TPM to about 2 TPM, or about 0.4 TPM to about 1.2 TPM of NEUROD2 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (TPM)
- the plurality of heterogeneous cells cumulatively expresses each of markers FOXG1, MAP2, STMN2, DCX, LINC00461, NEUROD2, GAD1, and NFIA.
- the heterogeneous cells each individually express at least one of markers FOXG1, MAP2, STMN2, DCX, LINC00461, NEUROD2, GAD1, or NFIA.
- the plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells comprises one or more cell types selected from the group consisting of an inhibitory neuron, an excitatory neuron, a progenitor, an astrocyte, and an alternative neuron. In one embodiment, the plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells comprises each of an inhibitory neuron, an excitatory neuron, a progenitor, an astrocyte, and an alternative neuron.
- the plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells comprises an inhibitory neuron expressing one or more markers selected from the group consisting of DLX5, TUBB3, SCGN, ERBB4, and CALB2. In one embodiment, the plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells comprises a plurality of inhibitory neurons that cumulatively expresses each of markers DLX5, TUBB3, SCGN, ERBB4, and CALB2.
- (i) about 50% to about 80%, about 50% to about 75%, about 50% to about 70%, about 52% to about 69%, about 52% to about 75%, about 54% to about 69%, about 54% to about 68%, or about 54% to about 66% of cells in the composition express DLX5; and/or (ii) at least about 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 72%, 74%, 76%, 78%, or 80% of cells in the composition express DLX5; and/or (iii) about 30 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 150 TPM, about 50 TPM to about 140 TPM, about 80 TPM to about 138 TPM, or about 130 TPM to about 140 TPM of DLX5 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 30 TPM
- (i) about 60% to about 95%, about 70% to about 95%, about 72% to about 95%, about 75% to about 95%, about 76% to about 94%, about 77% to about 93%, about 78% to about 93%, about 70% to about 90%, about 72% to about 89%, about 73% to about 88%, about 74% to about 87%, about 75% to about 87%, about 76% to about 86%, about 77% to about 86%, or about 79% to about 86% of cells in the composition express TUBB3; and/or (ii) at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 80%, 82%, 84%, 86%, 88%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, or 95% of cells in the composition express TUBB3; and/or (iii) about 150 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 500 TPM, about 160 TPM to about 450 TPM, about
- TPM transcripts per
- (i) about 45% to about 70%, about 45% to about 65%, about 50% to about 70%, about 50% to about 65%, about 50% to about 64%, about 50% to about 63%, about 50% to about 62%, about 50% to about 61%, about 46% to about 52%, about 47% to about 51%, about 48% to about 51%, or about 48% to about 50% of cells in the composition express SCGN; and/or (ii) at least about 45%, 47%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 65%, 67%, or 70% of cells in the composition express SCGN; and/or (iii) about 50 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 200 TPM, about 70 TPM to about 180 TPM, about 75 TPM to about 175 TPM, or about 120 TPM to about 175 TPM of SCGN transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (i) TPM
- (i) about 35% to about 75%, about 40% to about 70%, about 40% to about 65%, about 41% to about 75%, about 41% to about 70%, about 41% to about 65%, about 41% to about 64%, about 41% to about 63%, about 41% to about 62%, about 35% to about 55%, about 40% to about 52%, or about 41% to about 52% of cells in the composition express CALB2; and/or (ii) at least about 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 45%, 47%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, or 75% of cells in the composition express CALB2; and/or (iii) about 30 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 220 TPM, about 50 TPM to about 200 TPM, about 70 TPM to about 200 TPM, or about 75 TPM to about 199 TPM of CALB2 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/
- the plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells comprises an excitatory neuron expressing one or more markers selected from the group consisting of NEUROD2, NEUROD6, SLA, NELL2, and SATB2. In one embodiment, the plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells comprises a plurality of excitatory neurons that cumulatively expresses each of markers NEUROD2, NEUROD6, SLA, NELL2, and SATB2.
- (i) about 0.5% to about 20%, about 0.5% to about 15%, about 0.5% to about 10%, about 0.5% to about 5%, about 0.5% to about 4%, about 0.5% to about 3%, about 1% to about 20%, about 1% to about 15%, about 1% to about 10%, about 1% to about 5%, about 1% to about 4%, or about 1% to about 3% of cells in the composition express SLA; and/or (ii) at least about 0.5%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 12%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 18%, or 20% of cells in the composition express SLA; and/or (iii) about 0.1 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 60 TPM, about 0.1 TPM to about 50 TPM, about 1 TPM to about 10 TPM, about 2 TPM to about 8 TPM, or about 3 TPM to about 6 TPM, of SLA transcripts are expressed by the cells of
- (i) about 10% to about 45%, about 10% to about 40%, about 10% to about 35%, about 15% to about 45%, about 15% to about 40%, about 15% to about 35%, about 15% to about 30%, about 15% to about 25%, about 20% to about 30%, or about 20% to about 28% of cells in the composition express NELL2; and/or (ii) at least about 10%, 12%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 21%, 24%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 32%, 35%, 40%, or 45% of cells in the composition express NELL2; and/or (iii) about 1 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 150 TPM, about 4 TPM to about 130 TPM, about 4 TPM to about 35 TPM, about 20 TPM to about 30 TPM, or about 25 TPM to about 28 TPM of NELL2 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 1 TPM, 5 TPM, 15 TPM, 20 TPM, 30 TPM, 35 TPM, 40
- (i) about 1% to about 20%, about 1% to about 15%, about 1% to about 12%, about 1% to about 11%, about 2% to about 20%, about 2% to about 15%, about 2% to about 12%, about 2% to about 11%, about 3% to about 20%, about 3% to about 15%, about 3% to about 12%, about 3% to about 11%, about 2% to about 6%, about 2% to about 5%, or about 3% to about 4% of cells in the composition express SATB2; and/or (ii) at least about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 15%, 17%, or 20% of cells in the composition express SATB2; and/or (iii) about 0.1 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 30 TPM, about 0.5 TPM to about 20 TPM, about 1 TPM to about 5 TPM, or about 2 TPM to about 3 TPM of SA
- TPM transcripts per
- the plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells comprises a progenitor expressing one or more markers selected from the group consisting of VIM, MKI67, CLU, and GLI3.
- the plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells comprises a plurality of progenitors that cumulatively expresses each of markers VIM, MKI67, CLU, and GLI3.
- (i) about 30% to about 80%, about 30% to about 75%, about 30% to about 70%, about 40% to about 75%, about 40% to about 70%, about 40% to about 69%, about 40% to about 60%, or about 42% to about 47% of cells in the composition express VIM; and/or (ii) at least about 30%, 35%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 50%, 52%, 55%, 57%, 60%, 62%, 65%, 67%, 69%, 72%, 75%, or 80% of cells in the composition express VIM; and/or (iii) about 250 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 900 TPM, about 250 TPM to about 865 TPM, about 200 TPM to about 350 TPM, or about 250 TPM to about 340 TPM of VIM transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 250 TPM, 260 TPM, 270 TPM, 300 TPM, 320
- (i) about 5% to about 20%, about 5% to about 15%, about 5% to about 12%, about 6% to about 15%, about 6% to about 12%, about 7% to about 15%, about 7% to about 12%, or about 6% to about 8% of cells in the composition express MKI67; and/or (ii) at least about 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19% or 20% of cells in the composition express MKI67 ; and/or (iii) about 5 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 40 TPM, about 10 TPM to about 35 TPM, about 15 TPM to about 25 TPM, or about 18 TPM to about 22 TPM of MKI67 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 5 TPM, 10 TPM, 12 TPM, 15 TPM, 17 TPM, 19 TPM, 20 TPM, 21 TPM
- (i) about 10% to about 60%, about 15% to about 55%, about 20% to about 60%, about 20% to about 55%, about 20% to about 50%, about 20% to about 40%, about 20% to about 35%, or about 25% to about 32% of cells in the composition express CLU; and/or (ii) at least about 10%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 22%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 32%, 35%, 37%, 40%, 42%, 45%, 47%, 50%, 55%, or 60% of cells in the composition express CLU; and/or (iii) about 30 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 400 TPM, about 40 TPM to about 150 TPM, about 60 TPM to about 150 TPM, or about 60 TPM to about 105 TPM of CLU transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 30 TPM, 40 TPM, 45 TPM, 50 TPM, 55 TPM, 60 TPM, 65 TPM, 70 TPM, 80 TPM, 90 TPM,
- TPM transcripts per
- (i) about 10% to about 50%, about 10% to about 40%, about 10% to about 30%, about 12% to about 50%, about 12% to about 35%, about 12% to about 29%, about 15% to about 29%, about 15% to about 29%, or about 15% to about 17% of cells in the composition express GLI3; and/or (ii) at least about 10%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% of cells in the composition express GLI3; and/or (iii) about 5 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 60 TPM, about 10 TPM to about 45 TPM, about 15 TPM to about 30 TPM, or about 20 TPM to about 25 TPM of GLI3 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 5 TPM, 10 TPM, 12
- the plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells comprises an astrocyte expressing one or more markers selected from the group consisting of GFAP, LUCAT1, MIR99AHG, and FBXL7. In one embodiment, the plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells comprises a plurality of astrocytes that cumulatively expresses each of markers GFAP, LUCAT1, MIR99AHG, and FBXL7.
- (i) about 1% to about 50%, about 1% to about 20%, about 1% to about 15%, about 1% to about 13%, about 1% to about 10%, about 1% to about 7%, about 1% to about 5%, about 1% to about 4%, or about 1% to about 3% of cells in the composition express GFAP; and/or (ii) at least about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% of cells in the composition express GFAP; and/or (iii) about 0.1 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 150 TPM, about 0.1 TPM to about 125 TPM, about 1 TPM to about 20 TPM, or about 3 TPM to about 15 TPM of GFAP transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 0.1 TPM,
- (i) about 5% to about 20%, about 5% to about 17%, about 5% to about 15%, about 5% to about 13%, about 7% to about 20%, about 7% to about 17%, about 7% to about 15%, about 7% to about 13%, about 5% to about 12%, or about 7% to about 10% of cells in the composition express LUCAT1; and/or (ii) at least about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 17%, or 20% of cells in the composition express LUCAT1.
- (i) about 50% to about 100%, about 50% to about 90%, about 50% to about 88%, about 60% to about 100%, about 60% to about 90%, about 60% to about 88%, about 70% to about 90%, about 70% to about 88%, or about 75% to about 82% of cells in the composition express MIR99AHG; and/or (ii) at least about 50%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 72%, 75%, 77%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 92%, 94%, 96%, 98%, or 100% of cells in the composition express MIR99AHG; and/or (iii) about 5 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 40 TPM, about 5 TPM to about 30 TPM, about 6 TPM to about 25 TPM, or about 10 TPM to about 15 TPM of MIR99AHG transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 5 TPM, 6 TPM
- (i) about 20% to about 70%, about 20% to about 60%, about 25% to about 70%, about 25% to about 65%, about 30% to about 60%, about 30% to about 55%, about 30% to about 40%, about 32% to about 39%, or about 34% to about 39% of cells in the composition express FBXL7; and/or (ii) at least about 20%, 22%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 32%, 34%, 35%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 42%, 45%, 47%, 50%, 52%, 54%, 55%, 60%, 65%, or 70% of cells in the composition express FBXL7 ; and/or (iii) about 5 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 40 TPM, about 5 TPM to about 30 TPM, about 7 TPM to about 25 TPM, about 10 TPM to about 15 TPM, or about 11 TPM to about 14 TPM of FBXL7 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least
- the plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells comprises an alternative neuron expressing one or more markers selected from the group consisting of MEIS2, PBX3, GRIA2, and CACNA1C. In one embodiment, the plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells comprises a plurality of alternative neurons that cumulatively expresses each of markers MEIS2, PBX3, GRIA2, and CACNA1C.
- (i) about 30% to about 80%, about 30% to about 90%, about 40% to about 90%, about 45% to about 85%, about 45% to about 80%, about 49% to about 79%, or about 50% to about 78% of cells in the composition express MEIS2; and/or (ii) at least about 30%, 35%, 40%, 42%, 45%, 47%, 50%, 52%, 54%, 55%, 57%, 60%, 62%, 65%, 67%, 70%, 72%, 75%, 77%, 80%, 81%, or 82% of cells in the composition express MEIS2; and/or (iii) about 5 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 200 TPM, about 10 TPM to about 180 TPM, about 50 TPM to about 180 TPM, or about 60 TPM to about 173 TPM of MEIS2 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 5 TPM, 10 TPM, 15 TPM, 40 TPM, 50 TPM, 60 TPM,
- (i) about 30% to about 90%, about 35% to about 85%, about 40% to about 85%, about 40% to about 80%, about 45% to about 75%, or about 49% to about 75% of cells in the composition express PBX3; and/or (ii) at least about 30%, 35%, 40%, 42%, 45%, 47%, 50%, 52%, 54%, 55%, 57%, 60%, 62%, 65%, 67%, 70%, 72%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% of cells in the composition express PBX3; and/or (iii) about 5 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 100 TPM, about 5 TPM to about 90 TPM, about 25 TPM to about 90 TPM, or about 29 TPM to about 88 TPM of PBX3 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 5 TPM, 15 TPM, 20 TPM, 25 TPM, 30 TPM, 35 TPM, 40 TPM, 45 TPM
- (i) about 20% to about 60%, about 20% to about 50%, about 20% to about 50%, about 20% to about 48%, about 22% to about 55%, about 22% to about 50%, about 22% to about 47%, or about 23% to about 47% of cells in the composition express GRIA2; and/or (ii) at least about 20%, 22%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 32%, 34%, 35%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 42%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 50%, 52%, 54%, 56%, 58%, or 60% of cells in the composition express GRIA2; and/or (iii) about 2 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 40 TPM, about 2 TPM to about 30 TPM, about 4 TPM to about 35 TPM, or about 10 TPM to about 30 TPM of GRIA2 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 2 TPM, 3 TPM, 4 TPM, 5 TPM, 6 TPM,
- (i) about 20% to about 70%, about 30% to about 60%, about 35% to about 70%, about 35% to about 60%, about 33% to about 60%, about 35% to about 60%, or about 39% to about 60% of cells in the composition express CACNA1C; and/or (ii) at least about 20%, 25%, 30%, 32%, 34%, 35%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 42%, 45%, 47%, 50%, 52%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 65%, or 70% of cells in the composition express CACNA1C; and/or (iii) about 1 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 15 TPM, about 1 TPM to about 10 TPM, about 1 TPM to about 7 TPM, or about 3 TPM to about 7 TPM of CACNA1C transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 1 TPM, 2 TPM, 3 TPM, 4 TPM, 5 T
- the plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells comprises: (i) an inhibitory neuron expressing one or more markers selected from the group consisting of DLX5, TUBB3, SCGN, ERBB4, and CALB2; (ii) an excitatory neuron expressing one or more markers selected from the group consisting of NEUROD2, NEUROD6, SLA, NELL2, and SATB2; (iii) a progenitor expressing one or more markers selected from the group consisting of VIM, MKI67, CLU, and GLI3; (iv) an astrocyte expressing one or more markers selected from the group consisting of GFAP, LUCAT1, MIR99AHG, and FBXL7; and (v) an alternative neuron expressing one or more markers selected from the group consisting of MEIS2, PBX3, GRIA2, and CACNA1C.
- the plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells comprises: (i) a plurality of inhibitory neurons that cumulatively expresses each of markers DLX5, TUBB3, SCGN, ERBB4, and CALB2; (ii) a plurality of excitatory neurons that cumulatively expresses each of markers NEUROD2, NEUROD6, SLA, NELL2, and SATB2; (iii) a plurality of progenitors that cumulatively expresses each of markers VIM, MKI67, CLU, and GLI3; (iv) a plurality of astrocytes that cumulatively expresses each of markers GFAP, LUCAT1, MIR99AHG, and FBXL7; and (v) a plurality of alternative neurons that cumulatively expresses each of markers MEIS2, PBX3, GRIA2, and CACNA1C.
- the composition comprises: (i) about 25% to about 55%, about 25% to about 50%, about 30% to about 55%, about 30% to about 50%, about 35% to about 55%, about 35% to about 50%, or about 38% to about 49% inhibitory neurons; and/or (ii) about 0% to about 15%, about 0% to about 12%, about 0% to about 10%, about 0% to about 8%, or about 0.5% to about 9% excitatory neurons; and/or (iii) about 10% to about 45%, about 10% to about 40%, about 10% to about 35%, about 15% to about 45%, about 15% to about 40%, about 15% to about 35%, about 17% to about 45%, about 17% to about 40%, about 17% to about 35%, or about 20% to about 35% progenitors; and/or (iv) about 0% to about 6%, about 0% to about 5%, about 0% to about 4%, about 0% to about 3%, about 0% to about 2%, about 0.5% to about 6%
- cells in the composition further express one or more eye field progenitor markers, rod/cone photoreceptor markers, and/or neuron markers.
- the eye field progenitor markers are selected from the group consisting of PAX6, LHX2, SIX3, NES, and SOX2.
- the plurality of heterogeneous cells cumulatively expresses at least 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the eye field progenitor markers PAX6, LHX2, SIX3, NES, or SOX2.
- the plurality of heterogeneous cells cumulatively expresses at least each of the eye field progenitor markers PAX6, LHX2, SIX3, NES, and SOX2.
- the plurality of heterogeneous cells cumulatively expresses SOX2.
- the composition is substantially free of cells that express eye field progenitor markers RAX, SIX6, and/or TBX3.
- (i) about 25% to about 60%, about 25% to about 55%, about 25% to about 52%, about 25% to about 45%, about 30% to about 60%, about 30% to about 55%, about 30% to about 45%, , or about 30% to about 42% of cells in the composition express PAX6; and/or (ii) at least about 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, or 60% of cells in the composition express PAX6; and/or (iii) about 20 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 125 TPM, about 30 TPM to about 110 TPM, about 35 TPM to about 100 TPM, about 70 TPM to about 80 TPM, or about 73 TPM to about 78 TPM of PAX6 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 20 TPM, 25 TPM, 30 TPM, 35 TPM, 40 TPM, 50 TPM, 60 TPM, 70 TPM, 75 TPM, 78 TPM, 80 TPM, 82 T
- (i) about 3% to about 35%, about 5% to about 35%, about 5% to about 35%, about 6% to about 35%, about 7% to about 35%, about 3% to about 30%, about 5% to about 30%, about 6% to about 30%, about 7% to about 30%, about 3% to about 25%, about 5% to about 25%, about 6% to about 25%, or about 7% to about 9% of cells in the composition express LHX2; and/or (ii) at least about 3%, 4%, 6%, 8%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 32%, or 35% of cells in the composition express LHX2 ; and/or (iii) about 5 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 40 TPM, about 5 TPM to about 36 TPM, about 5 TPM to about 10 TPM, or about 6 TPM to about 8 TPM of LHX2 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (TPM)
- (i) about 15% to about 40%, about 15% to about 35%, about 15% to about 34%, about 15% to about 33%, about 15% to about 32% about 15% to about 31%, about 18% to about 40%, about 18% to about 35%, about 18% to about 34%, about 18% to about 33%, about 18% to about 32%, or about 18% to about 31% of cells in the composition express NES; and/or (ii) at least about 15%, 17%, 20%, 25%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, or 40% of cells in the composition express NES ; and/or (iii) about 5 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 35 TPM, about 5 TPM to about 28 TPM, about 7 TPM to about 15 TPM, about 10 TPM to about 15 TPM, or about 11 TPM to about 13 TPM of NES transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 5 TPM,
- (i) about 50% to about 90%, about 50% to about 85%, about 50% to about 80%, about 50% to about 75%, about 55% to about 90%, about 55% to about 85%, about 55% to about 80%, about 55% to about 75%, about 60% to about 90%%, about 60% to about 85%, about 60% to about 80%, or about 60% to about 75% of cells in the composition express SOX2; and/or (ii) at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, or 90% of cells in the composition express SOX2 ; and/or (iii) about 50 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 250 TPM, about 90 TPM to about 200 TPM, about 125 TPM to about 190 TPM, or about 155 TPM to about 175 TPM of CACNA1C transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (i
- the rod/cone photoreceptor markers are selected from the group consisting of ASCL1, RORB, NR2E3, and NRL.
- the plurality of heterogeneous cells cumulatively expresses each of the rod/cone photoreceptor markers ASCL1, RORB, NR2E3, and NRL.
- the composition is substantially free of cells that express rod/cone photoreceptor markers CRX, RHO, OPN1SW, PDE6B, RCVRN, ARR3, CNGB1, GNAT1, and GNAT2.
- (i) about 10% to about 60%, about 20% to about 60%, about 20% to about 50%, about 20% to about 45%, about 22% to about 45%, about 22% to about 43%, about 25% to about 420%, or about 28% to about 30% of cells in the composition express ASCL1; and/or (ii) at least about 10%, 15%, 20%, 22%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 32%, 35%, 37%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 45%, 50%, 55%, or 60% of cells in the composition express ASCL1; and/or (iii) about 50 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 150 TPM, about 60 TPM to about 140 TPM, about 65 TPM to about 130 TPM, or about 95 TPM to about 130 TPM of ASCL1 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 50 TPM, 60 TPM, 65 TPM, 70 TPM, 75 TPM, 80 TPM, 85 TPM, 90 TPM, 95 TPM, 100 TPM, TPM, 60 T
- (i) about 5% to about 50%, about 5% to about 45%, about 5% to about 40%, about 5% to about 35%, about 5% to about 30%, about 5% to about 25%, about 5% to about 22%, about 10% to about 25%, or about 11% to about 22% of cells in the composition express RORB; and/or (ii) at least about 5%, 7%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% of cells in the composition express RORB; and/or (iii) about 0.1 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 20 TPM, about 0.1 TPM to about 10 TPM, about 2 TPM to about 8 TPM, or about 1 TPM to about 6 TPM of RORB transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 0.1 TPM, 0.2 TPM, 0.3 TPM,
- (i) about 1% to about 25%, about 1% to about 20%, 1% to about 18%, 1% to about 16%, about 1% to about 14%, about 1% to about 12%, 1% to about 10%, about 2% to about 25%, about 2% to about 20%, 2% to about 18%, 2% to about 16%, about 2% to about 14%, about 2% to about 12%, or about 2% to about 5% of cells in the composition express NR2E3; and/or (ii) at least about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 12%, 14%, 16%, 18%, or 20% of cells in the composition express NR2E3; and/or (iii) about 0.1 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 10 TPM, about 0.1 TPM to about 9 TPM, about 0.1 TPM to about 3 TPM, or about 0.1 TPM to about 1 TPM of NR2E3 transcript
- (i) about 1% to about 20%, about 1% to about 15%, about 1% to about 10%, about 1% to about 9%, about 1% to about 8%, about 2% to about 20%, about 2% to about 15%, about 2% to about 10%, about 2% to about 9%%, or about 2% to about 8% of cells in the composition express NRL; and/or (ii) at least about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 12%, 14%, 16%, 18%, or 20% of cells in the composition express NRL; and/or (iii) about 0.1 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 10 TPM, about 0.1 TPM to about 9 TPM, about 0.1 TPM to about 7 TPM, or about 0.1 TPM to about 2 TPM of NRL transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 0.1 TPM, 0.2 TPM, 0.3 TPM, 0.4
- the neuron markers are selected from the group consisting of TUBB3, NFIA, NFIB, OTX2, ELAVL3, ELAVL4, SLC1A2, SLC1A3, HCN1, and HES5.
- the plurality of heterogeneous cells cumulatively expresses each of the neuron markers TUBB3, NFIA, NFIB, OTX2, ELAVL3, ELAVL4, SLC1A2, SLC1A3, HCN1, and HES5.
- (i) about 50% to about 100%, about 60% to about 100%, about 60% to about 95%, about 70% to about 100%, about 70% to about 95%, about 80% to about 100%, about 80% to about 95%, or about 80% to about 90% of cells in the composition express NFIB; and/or (ii) at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 98%, or 100% of cells in the composition express NFIB; and/or (iii) about 150 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 650 TPM, about 180 TPM to about 610 TPM, about 400 TPM to about 500 TPM, or about 400 TPM to about 480 TPM of NFIB transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv
- (i) about 1% to about 20%, about 1% to about 15%, about 1% to about 10%, about 1% to about 9%, about 1% to about 8%, about 2% to about 20%, about 2% to about 15%, about 2% to about 10%, about 2% to about 9%, about 2% to about 8%, or about 2% to about 6% of cells in the composition express OTX2; and/or (ii) at least about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 12% 14%, 16%, 18%, or 20% of cells in the composition express OTX2; and/or (iii) about 5 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 50 TPM, about 8 TPM to about 40 TPM, about 8 TPM to about 25 TPM, or about 12 TPM to about 15 TPM of OTX2 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 5 TPM, 6 TPM, 7
- (i) about 50% to about 90%, about 50% to about 85%, about 50% to about 80%, about 50% to about 78%, about 55% to about 90%, about 55% to about 85%, about 55% to about 80%, about 55% to about 78%, about 60% to about 90%%, about 60% to about 85%, about 60% to about 80%, or about 60% to about 78% of cells in the composition express ELAVL3; and/or (ii) at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, or 90% of cells in the composition express ELAVL3; and/or (iii) about 10 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 120 TPM, about 15 TPM to about 100 TPM, about 20 TPM to about 90 TPM, about 60 TPM to about 90 TPM, or about 70 TPM to about 80 TPM of ELAVL3 transcripts are expressed by the cells
- (i) about 30% to about 90%, about 30% to about 85%, about 30% to about 80%, about 30% to about 78%, about 35% to about 90%, about 35% to about 85%, about 35% to about 80%, about 35% to about 78%, about 50% to about 90%%, about 50% to about 85%, about 50% to about 80%, or about 50% to about 65% of cells in the composition express ELAVL4; and/or (ii) at least about 30%, 40%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% of cells in the composition express ELAVL4; and/or (iii) about 10 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 120 TPM, about 15 TPM to about 100 TPM, about 20 TPM to about 90 TPM, about 50
- TPM transcripts per
- (i) about 40% to about 90%, about 40% to about 85%, about 40% to about 80%, about 40% to about 75%, about 50% to about 90%, about 50% to about 85%, about 50% to about 80%, about 50% to about 75%, about 50% to about 73%, about 51% to about 73%, or about 52% to about 66% of cells in the composition express SLC1A2; and/or (ii) at least about 40%, 45%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% of cells in the composition express SLC1A2; and/or (iii) about 10 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 120 TPM, about 10 TPM to about 90 TPM, about 20 TPM to about 90 TPM, about 40 TPM
- TPM transcripts per
- (i) about 5% to about 40%, about 5% to about 35%, about 5% to about 30%, about 5% to about 25%, about 10% to about 40%, about 10% to about 35%, about 10% to about 30%, about 10% to about 25%, about 11% to about 19%, or about 10% to about 12% of cells in the composition express SLC1A3; and/or (ii) at least about 5%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 25%, 30%, 35%, or 40% of cells in the composition express SLC1A3; and/or (iii) about 50 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 200 TPM, about 70 TPM to about 190 TPM, about 60 TPM to about 100 TPM, about 60 TPM to about 80 TPM, or about 72 TPM to about 79 TPM of SLC1A3 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv)
- TPM transcripts per
- (i) about 1% to about 10%, about 1% to about 9%, about 1% to about 8%, about 1% to about 7%, about 1% to about 6%, about 1% to about 5%, about 1% to about 4%, or about 3% to about 4% of cells in the composition express HCN1; and/or (ii) at least about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, or 10% of cells in the composition express HCN1; and/or (iii) about 0.1 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 10 TPM, about 0.1 TPM to about 5 TPM, about 0.1 TPM to about 1 TPM, or about 0.2 TPM to about 0.6 TPM of HCN1 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 0.1 TPM, 0.2 TPM, 0.3 TPM, 0.4 TPM, 0.5 TPM, 0.6 TPM, 0.7 TPM, 0.8 TPM
- TPM transcripts per
- (i) about 5% to about 30%, about 5% to about 25%, about 1% to about 30%, about 1% to about 25%, about 5% to about 25%, about 10% to about 25%, or about 10% to about 15% of cells in the composition express HES5; and/or (ii) at least about 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, or 30% of cells in the composition express HES5; and/or (iii) about 10 transcripts per million (TPM) to about 60 TPM, about 5 TPM to about 50 TPM, about 12 TPM to about 46 TPM, or about 15 TPM to about 39 TPM of HES5 transcripts are expressed by the cells of the composition; and/or (iv) at least 10 TPM, 15 TPM, 17 TPM, 20 TPM, 22 TPM, 25 TPM, 27 TPM, 30 TPM, TPM, 15 T
- the plurality of heterogeneous cells cumulatively expresses: (i) one or more of the eye field progenitor markers PAX6, LHX2, SIX3, NES, and SOX2; (ii) one or more of the rod/cone photoreceptor markers ASCL1, RORB, NR2E3, and NRL; and (iii) one or more of the neuron markers TUBB3, NFIA, NFIB, OTX2, ELAVL3, ELAVL4, SLC1A2, SLC1A3, HCN1, and HES5.
- the plurality of heterogeneous cells cumulatively expresses: (i) each of the eye field progenitor markers PAX6, LHX2, SIX3, NES, and SOX2; (ii) each of the rod/cone photoreceptor markers ASCL1, RORB, NR2E3, and NRL; and (iii) each of the neuron markers TUBB3, NFIA, NFIB, OTX2, ELAVL3, ELAVL4, SLC1A2, SLC1A3, HCN1, and HES5.
- the composition is substantially free of at least one cell type selected from the group consisting of pluripotent stem cells, retinal ganglion cells, photoreceptors and amacrine cells. In one embodiment, the composition is substantially free of pluripotent stem cells, retinal ganglion cells, photoreceptors and amacrine cells.
- the composition is substantially free of retinal progenitors expressing VSX2 and/or POU5F1. In one embodiment, the composition has less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, or less than 0.5% of cells expressing SSEA4, optionally, determined by flow cytometry, or wherein the composition is free of cells expressing SSEA4, optionally, determined by flow cytometry.
- the cells in the composition have phagocytic activity, optionally the ability to phagocytose isolated photoreceptor outer segments, dye conjugates or both.
- the cells in the composition secrete one or more neuroprotective factors.
- the neuroprotective factors are selected from the group consisting of CNTF, MIF, SIOOB, GFAP, TAU, NCAM1, and TNC.
- At least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 66%, at least 67%, at least 68%, at least 69%, at least 70%, at least 75%, or at least 80% of the cells in the composition are viable.
- about 50% to about 80%, about 55% to about 80%, about 60% to about 80%, about 65% to about 80%, about 70% to about 80%, about 75% to about 80%, about 50% to about 75%, about 55% to about 75%, about 60% to about 75%, about 65% to about 75%, about 70% to about 75%, about 50% to about 70%, about 55% to about 70%, about 60% to about 70%, about 65% to about 70%, about 50% to about 65%, about 55% to about 65%, about 60% to about 65%, about 50% to about 60%, about 55% to about 60%, or about 50% to about 55% of the cells in the composition are viable. In one embodiment, at least 50% of the cells in the composition are viable.
- At least 55% of the cells in the composition are viable. In one embodiment, at least 60% of the cells in the composition are viable. In one embodiment, at least 65% of the cells in the composition are viable. In one embodiment, at least 68% of the cells in the composition are viable.
- the composition is produced according to a method comprising: 1) culturing pluripotent stem cells in Rescue Induction Medium (RIM) and Noggin; 2) culturing the cells from step 1 in Neural Differentiation Medium (NDM) and Noggin; 3) expanding the cells from step 2 in NDM in the absence of Noggin, comprising a) culturing the cells in low-adherence or non-adherent conditions in NDM without Noggin, and b) culturing the cells in adherent conditions in NDM without Noggin.
- RIM Rescue Induction Medium
- NDM Neural Differentiation Medium
- the pluripotent stem cells are embryonic stem cells (ESCs) or induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs).
- step 3 is performed at least 1 time, at least 2 times, at least 3 times, at least 4 times, at least 5 times, or at least 6 times.
- the cells in the composition are harvested after the third repeat of step 3, after the fourth repeat of step 3, or after the fifth repeat of step 3.
- the cells in the composition are harvested after the fifth repeat of step 3.
- the harvested cells in the composition are cryopreserved. In one embodiment, the composition is cryopreserved between the first and second repeat of step 3, between the second and third repeat of step 3, between the third and fourth repeat of step 3, or between the fourth and fifth repeat of step 3.
- the composition is cryopreserved after the third repeat of step 3, after the fourth repeat of step 3, or after the fifth repeat of step 3. In one embodiment, step 3 is repeated five times and wherein the composition is cryopreserved after the fifth repeat of step 3.
- At least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 66%, at least 67%, at least 68%, at least 69%, at least 70%, at least 75%, or at least 80% of the cells are viable after cryopreservation and thawing.
- At least about 50% of the cells in the composition are viable after cryopreservation and thawing. In one embodiment, at least about 55% of the cells in the composition are viable after cryopreservation and thawing. In one embodiment, at least about 60% of the cells in the composition are viable after cryopreservation and thawing. In one embodiment, at least about 65% of the cells in the composition are viable after cry opreservation and thawing. In one embodiment, at least 68% of the cells in the composition are viable after cryopreservation and thawing.
- the composition comprises cell spheres.
- about 50% to about 100%, about 60% to about 100%, about 70% to about 100%, about 80% to about 100%, about 50% to about 90%, about 50% to about 80%, about 50% to about 70%, about 60% to about 90%, about 60% to about 80%, or about 70% to about 90% of the cells are cell spheres.
- the cells of the composition are cultured in a cell culture vessel selected from the group consisting of a culture dish, a culture flask, and a culture chamber.
- the cell culture vessel has about 50 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 60 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 100 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 150 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 175 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 200 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 250 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 300 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 400 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 500 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 600 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 700 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 30 cm 2 to about 100 cm 2 , about 50 cm 2 to about 100 cm 2 , about 100 cm 2 to about 300 cm 2 , about 150 cm 2 to about 250 cm 2 , or about 150 cm 2 to about 200 cm 2 cell growth
- the culture chamber is a stackable rectangular chamber.
- step 3 has 1 to 40, 2 to 40, 5 to 40, 10 to 40, 20 to 40, 1 to 20, 2 to 20, 5 to 20, 10 to 20, 1 to 10, 2 to 10, 5 to 10, 1 to 5, or 1 to 2 culture chambers.
- step 3 has at least 1, 2, 5, 10, or 40 culture chambers.
- the cell culture vessel is coated for low-adherence or non-adherent cell culture for step 3a, and/or adherent cell culture for step 3b.
- the cells are enzymatically disassociated from the plate into cell suspension.
- the enzymatic disassociation utilizes an enzyme selected from the group consisting of thermolysin, liberase, accutase and a combination thereof.
- the enzyme used to disassociate cells is accutase.
- disassociation of the cells from the plate does not involve manual scraping.
- the present invention provides a pharmaceutical preparation comprising the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient is suitable for ocular delivery.
- the present invention provides a formulation comprising: a) the composition of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the pharmaceutical preparation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein; and b) about 4-10% (v/v) cryoprotectant, about 2- 3% (w/v) albumin, about 0-1.5% (w/v) glucose, and a buffer.
- the cryoprotectant is selected from DMSO, glycerol, and ethylene glycol. In one embodiment, the cryoprotectant is DMSO. In one embodiment, the formulation comprises about 4-6% (v/v) cryoprotectant. In one embodiment, the formulation comprises about 0.08-0.10% (w/v) glucose. In one embodiment, the formulation comprises about 5% (v/v) DMSO, about 2.5% (w/v) albumin, about 0.09% (w/v) glucose, and a buffer. In one embodiment, the formulation comprises about 0.6% (w/v) glucose. In one embodiment, the formulation comprises about 5% DMSO, about 2.5% albumin, about 0.6% glucose, and a buffer.
- albumin is human albumin. In one embodiment, albumin is recombinant human albumin.
- the buffer is buffered saline.
- the buffer is phosphate- buffered saline (PBS).
- PBS phosphate- buffered saline
- the buffered saline comprises Ca2+ and Mg2+.
- the buffered saline does not comprise Ca2+ and Mg2+.
- the formulation is cryopreserved.
- the present invention provides a formulation comprising: a) the composition of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the pharmaceutical preparation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein; and b) a solution comprising (1) a buffer, maintaining the solution at a physiological pH; and (2) at least 2 mM or at least 0.05% (w/v) glucose; and (3) an osmotically active agent maintaining the solution at a physiological osmolarity.
- the solution comprises at least 5 mM or at least 0.1% (w/v) glucose; or at least 7.5 mM or at least 0.14% (w/v) glucose; or at least 10 mM or at least 0.2% (w/v) glucose; or at least 15 mM or at least 0.25% (w/v) glucose; or at least 20 mM or at least 0.4% (w/v) glucose; or at least 25 mM or at least 0.5% (w/v) glucose.
- the solution further comprises (4) a source of divalent cations, optionally wherein the source of divalent cations comprises a calcium and/or a magnesium source, and/or (5) an acetate buffer and/or a citrate buffer.
- the present invention provides a formulation comprising: a) the composition of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the pharmaceutical preparation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein; and b) a solution comprising (1) a buffer, maintaining the solution at a physiological pH, wherein the buffer is not a dicarbonate buffer; and (2) glucose; and (3) an osmotically active agent maintaining the solution at a physiological osmolarity; and (4) a source of divalent cations, optionally wherein the source of divalent cations comprises a calcium source and/or a magnesium source, and/or wherein the buffer comprises an acetate buffer and/or a citrate buffer.
- the calcium source comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable calcium salt
- the magnesium source comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable magnesium salt.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable calcium and/or the pharmaceutically acceptable magnesium salt is selected from the group of calcium and/or magnesium salts formed with an acid selected from the group comprising acetic acid, ascorbic acid, citric acid, hydrochloric acid, maleic acid, oxalic acid, phosphoric acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, and sulfuric acid.
- the calcium source comprises calcium chloride, optionally wherein the calcium source comprises calcium chloride dihydrate.
- the magnesium source comprises magnesium chloride, optionally wherein the magnesium source comprises magnesium chloride hexahydrate.
- the citrate buffer is provided as sodium citrate.
- the glucose is D-glucose (Dextrose).
- the osmotically active agent is a salt, optionally wherein the osmotically active agent is a sodium salt, further optionally wherein the osmotically active agent is sodium chloride.
- the solution comprises calcium chloride, magnesium chloride, sodium citrate, sodium chloride, and glucose.
- the pH of the solution is 6.8-7.8, or 7.4-7.5, or about 7.5.
- the solution is isotonic or hypertonic.
- the solution exhibits an osmolality of about 270-345 mOsm/1 or about 315 mOsm/1.
- the concentration of the calcium source is (a) 0.25-0.75 mM, or 0.4-0.65 mM, or 0.5-0.6 mM, or about 0.6 mM; or (b) 0.5-0.9 mM, or 0.6-0.8 mM, or about 0.7 mM.
- the concentration of the magnesium source is 0.05-5 mM, or 0.1-0.3 mM, or about 0.3 mM.
- the concentration of the glucose is 5-50 mM, or 10-25 mM, or 10-20 mM, or about 16 mM.
- the concentration of the osmotically active agent is about 100-200 mM, or about 125-175 mM, or about 150 mM.
- the concentration of citrate or acetate is 0.1-5 mM, or 0.5-2 mM, or about 1 mM.
- the solution further comprises a potassium salt, optionally wherein the potassium salt is potassium chloride, further optionally wherein the concentration of KC1 is 0.2-5 mM, or 1-2.5 mM, or about 2 mM.
- the solution comprises (a) about 0.7 mM CaCl (calcium chloride), about 0.3 mM MgCD (magnesium chloride), about 1 mM sodium citrate, about 16 mM dextrose, and about 145 mM NaCl, or (b) about 0.5-0.9 mM CaCO (calcium chloride), about 0.2-.4 mM MgCO (magnesium chloride), about 0.8-1.2 mM sodium citrate, about 13-19 mM dextrose, and about 116- 174 mM NaCl, or (c) about 0.85% NaCl, about 0.01% CaCl dihydrate (calcium chloride dihydrate), about 0.006% MgCk hexahydrate (magnesium chloride hexahydrate), about 0.035% sodium citrate dihydrate, and about 0.29% dextrose, or (d) about 0.68-1.02 % NaCl, about 0.008-0.012% CaCB dihydrate (calcium chloride), about 0.5-
- the solution further comprises (a) about 2 mM KC1, and/or (b) a viscoelastic polymer, optionally wherein the polymer is hyaluronic acid or a salt or solvate thereof, further optionally wherein the polymer is sodium hyaluronate.
- the polymer is present at a concentration effective to reduce the exposure of cells in the solution to shear stress, optionally wherein the concentration of the polymer is 0.005- 5% w/v or about 0.05% w/v.
- the solution comprises (a) about 0.7 mM CaCO (calcium chloride), about 0.3 m MgCl 2 (magnesium chloride), about 2 mM KC1, about 1 mM sodium citrate, about 16 mM dextrose, about 145 mM NaCl, and about 0.05% hyaluronic acid, or (b) about 0.5-0.8 mM CaCO (calcium chloride), about 0.2-.4 mM MgCB (magnesium chloride), about 1.6-2.4 mM KC1, about 0.8- 1.2 mM sodium citrate, about 13-19 mM dextrose, about 116-174 mM NaCl, and about 0.04-0.06% hyaluronic acid.
- the solution does not comprise (a) a carbonate buffer, and/or (b) glutathione, or glutathione disulfide (GSSG), and/or (c) a zwitterionic organic buffer.
- the solution can be (a) stored for at least 48 hours, at least 72 hours, at least 96 hours, at least 120 hours, at least 144 hours, at least one week, at least two weeks, at least three weeks, or at least one month at 25 °C without measurable precipitation of solutes and/or measurable loss of the capability of the solution to support survival and viability of cells stored in the solution, and/or (b) stored for at least 48 hours, at least 72 hours, at least 96 hours, at least 120 hours, at least 144 hours, at least one week, at least two weeks, at least three weeks, or at least one month at 2-8 °C without measurable precipitation of solutes and/or measurable loss of the capability of the solution to support survival and viability of cells stored in the solution.
- the solution is (a) suitable for administration to a subject, suitable for administration to the eye of a subject, and/or suitable for transplanting cells into the eye of a subject, and/or (b) essentially pyrogen-free, and/or (c) sterile, and/or (d) for irrigation, cell reconstitution, cell storage, cell transport, and/or administration to a subject.
- the present invention provides a method of producing the composition of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, comprising 1) culturing pluripotent stem cells in Rescue Induction Medium (RIM) and Noggin; 2) culturing the cells from step 1 in Neural Differentiation Medium (NDM) and Noggin; 3) expanding the cells from step 2 in NDM without Noggin, comprising a) culturing the cells in low- adherence or non-adherent conditions in NDM without Noggin, and b) and culturing the cells in non- adherent conditions in NDM without Noggin, thereby differentiating the pluripotent stem cells into photoreceptor rescue cells.
- RIM Rescue Induction Medium
- NDM Neural Differentiation Medium
- the present invention provides a method of producing a photoreceptor rescue cell composition comprising a plurality of heterogeneous cells, the method comprising: 1) culturing pluripotent stem cells in Rescue Induction Medium (RIM) and Noggin; 2) culturing the cells in Neural Differentiation Medium (NDM) and Noggin; 3) expanding the cells in NDM without Noggin, comprising a) culturing the cells in low-adherence or non-adherent conditions in NDM without Noggin, and b) and culturing the cells in adherent conditions in NDM without Noggin, thereby differentiating the pluripotent stem cells into the plurality of cells of the photoreceptor rescue cell composition.
- RIM Rescue Induction Medium
- NDM Neural Differentiation Medium
- the pluripotent stem cells are embryonic stem cells (ESCs) or induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs).
- step 3 is performed at least 1 times, at least 2 times, at least 3 times, at least 4 times, at least 5 times, or at least 6 times.
- the cells in the composition are harvested after the third repeat of step 3, after the fourth repeat of step 3, or after the fifth repeat of step 3. In one embodiment, the composition are harvested after the fifth repeat of step 3.
- the harvested cells in the composition are cryopreserved.
- the composition is cryopreserved between the first and second repeat of step 3, between the second and third repeat of step 3, between the third and fourth repeat of step 3, or between the fourth and fifth repeat of step 3.
- the composition is cryopreserved after the third repeat of step 3, after the fourth repeat of step 3, or after the fifth repeat of step 3.
- step 3 is repeated five times and wherein the composition is cryopreserved after the fifth repeat of step 3.
- At least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 66%, at least 67%, at least 68%, at least 69%, at least 70%, at least 75%, or at least 80% of the cells in the composition are viable after cryopreservation and thawing.
- about 50% to about 80%, about 55% to about 80%, about 60% to about 80%, about 65% to about 80%, about 70% to about 80%, about 75% to about 80%, about 50% to about 75%, about 55% to about 75%, about 60% to about 75%, about 65% to about 75%, about 70% to about 75%, about 50% to about 70%, about 55% to about 70%, about 60% to about 70%, about 65% to about 70%, about 50% to about 65%, about 55% to about 65%, about 60% to about 65%, about 50% to about 60%, about 55% to about 60%, or about 50% to about 55% of the cells in the composition are viable after cryopreservation and thawing.
- less than about 50% of the cells in the composition are viable after cryopreservation and thawing. In one embodiment, less than about 55% of the cells in the composition are viable after cryopreservation and thawing. In one embodiment, less than about 60% of the cells in the composition are viable after cryopreservation and thawing. In one embodiment, less than about 65% of the cells in the composition are viable after cryopreservation and thawing. In one embodiment, less than about 68% of the cells in the composition are viable after cryopreservation and thawing.
- the composition comprises cell spheres.
- about 50% to about 100%, about 60% to about 100%, about 70% to about 100%, about 80% to about 100%, about 50% to about 90%, about 50% to about 80%, about 50% to about 70%, about 60% to about 90%, about 60% to about 80%, or about 70% to about 90% of the cells are cell spheres.
- the cells of the composition are cultured in a cell culture vessel selected from the group consisting of a culture dish, a culture flask, and a culture chamber.
- the cell culture vessel has about 50 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 60 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 100 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 150 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 175 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 200 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 250 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 300 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 400 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 500 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 600 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 700 cm 2 to about 800 cm 2 , about 30 cm 2 to about 100 cm 2 , about 50 cm 2 to about 100 cm 2 , about 100 cm 2 to about 300 cm 2 , about 150 cm 2 to about 250 cm 2 , or about 150 cm 2 to about 200 cm 2 cell growth area.
- the cell culture vessel has at least about 60 cm 2 , about 175 cm 2 , or about 636 cm 2 cell growth area.
- the culture chamber is a stackable rectangular chamber.
- step 3 has 1 to 40, 2 to 40, 5 to 40, 10 to 40, 20 to 40, 1 to 20, 2 to 20, 5 to 20, 10 to 20, 1 to 10, 2 to 10, 5 to 10, 1 to 5, or 1 to 2 culture chambers. In one embodiment, step 3 has at least 1, 2, 5, 10, or 40 culture chambers.
- the cell culture vessel is coated for low-adherence or non-adherent cell culture for step 3a, and/or adherent cell culture for step 3b.
- the cells are enzymatically disassociated from the plate into cell suspension.
- the enzyme used to disassociate cells is thermolysin, liberase, and/or accutase.
- the enzyme used to disassociate cells is accutase.
- disassociation of the cells from the plate does not involve manual scraping.
- the present invention provides a photoreceptor rescue cell composition produced by the method of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- the present invention provides a method of treating an eye disease or disorder in a subject, comprising administering to the subject the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical preparation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- the present invention provides a method of increasing secretion of neuroprotective factors in an eye of a subject having an eye disease or disorder, comprising administering to the subject the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical preparation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- the method increases secretion of neuroprotective factors by at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to secretion of neuroprotective factors prior to administration.
- the present invention provides a method of improving visual acuity in a subject having a retinal disease or disorder, comprising administering to the subject the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical preparation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- the method increases visual acuity by at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to visual acuity prior to administration.
- visual acuity is measured by optomoter response (OMR) and/or electroretinogram (ERG).
- OMR optomoter response
- ECG electroretinogram
- the treated eye has increased spatial frequency threshold measured by OMR of at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to spatial frequency threshold prior to administration.
- the treated eye has increased scotopic b-wave amplitude measured by ERG of at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to scotopic b-wave amplitude prior to administration.
- the present invention provides a method of preventing or slowing loss of photoreceptor cells in a subject having a retinal disease or disorder, comprising administering to the subject the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical preparation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- preventing loss of photoreceptor cells is measured by the expression of CNFT.
- the method increases expression of CNFT by at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, or at least 50% as compared to expression of CNFT in the eye prior to administration.
- the present invention provides a method of increasing phagocytic activity in an eye of a subject having a retinal disease or disorder, comprising administering to the subject the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical preparation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- the method increases phagocytic activity by at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to phagocytic activity prior to administration.
- the present invention provides a method of inhibiting microglial activation in an eye of a subject having a retinal disease or disorder, comprising administering to the subject the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical preparation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- inhibiting microglial activation is measured by the expression of CNFT and/or MIF.
- the method increases expression of CNFT by at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to expression of CNFT prior to administration.
- the method increases expression of MIF by at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to expression of MIF prior to administration.
- the present invention provides a method of decreasing oxidative stress in an eye of a subject having a retinal disease or disorder, comprising administering to the subject the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical preparation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- decreasing oxidative stress is measured by the expression of CNFT.
- the method increases expression of CNFT by at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to expression of CNFT prior to administration.
- the present invention provides a method of increasing expression of anti-apoptotic factors in an eye of a subject having a retinal disease or disorder, comprising administering to the subject the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical preparation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- the method increases expression of anti-apoptotic factors by at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to expression of anti-apoptotic factors prior to administration.
- the anti-apoptotic factor is SIOOB.
- the present invention provides a method of preventing degeneration of outer nuclear layer (ONL) in an eye of a subject having a retinal disease or disorder, comprising administering to the subject the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical preparation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- ONL outer nuclear layer
- the disease or disorder is rod or cone dystrophy, retinal degeneration, retinitis pigmentosa, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, geographic atrophy secondary to macular degeneration, intermediate dry age-related macular degeneration (AMD), Leber congenital amaurosis or Stargardt disease.
- the eye disease is macular degeneration or retinitis pigmentosa.
- the disease is a retinal degenerative disease.
- the disease is associated with loss of photoreceptor cells.
- the disease is associated with loss of photoreceptor cells in the outer nuclear layer of the retina.
- the photoreceptor rescue cell composition, formulation or pharmaceutical preparation is administered to the subretinal space, the suprachoroidal space, by depot to the eye, or by systemic delivery to other part of the body of the subject.
- the cell preparation or formulation is administered by injection or implantation.
- the injection is administered intraocularly.
- the intraocular administration comprises injection of an aqueous solution, optionally an isotonic solution and/or a saline solution, into the subretinal space, thereby forming a pre -bleb, and removal of said aqueous solution, prior to administration of said photoreceptor rescue cell composition into the same subretinal space as said aqueous solution.
- the cell preparation or formulation is administered within at least 1 week, at least 1 month, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, at least 2 years, at least 3 years, at least 4 years, or at least 5 years of onset of symptoms.
- the subject has intermediate or near end-stage disease; (ii) the subject has a Best Corrected Visual Acuity (BCVA) ranging from 20/50 to 20/200; (iii) the subject has a BCVA worse than 20/200 but maintains light perception; or (iv) is diagnosed as having retinitis pigmentosa by genotyping.
- BCVA Best Corrected Visual Acuity
- the method further wherein one or more anti-inflammatory agents are administered to the subject.
- the one or more anti-inflammatory agents are administered concurrently. In one embodiment, the one or more anti-inflammatory agents are administered separately.
- the one or more anti-inflammatory agents are administered prior to the cell preparation or formulation, or the cell preparation or formulation is administered prior to the one or more anti-inflammatory agents. In one embodiment, the one or more anti-inflammatory agents are administered before and after administration of the cell preparation or formulation. In one embodiment, the administration of the cell preparation or formulation is without one or more antiinflammatory agents. In one embodiment, the one or more anti-inflammatory agents comprises dexamethasone and/or cyclosporine.
- the present invention provides a population of extracellular vesicles (EVs) secreted from the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- EVs extracellular vesicles
- the EVs secreted from the photoreceptor rescue cell express at least one of the proteins selected from FOXG1, MAP2, STMN2, DCX, LINC00461, NEUROD2, GAD1, NFIA, DLX5, TUBB3, SCGN, ERBB4, CALB2, NEUROD2, NEUROD6, SLA, NELL2, SATB2, VIM, MKI67, CLU, GLI3, GFAP, LUCAT1, MIR99AHG, FBXL7, MEIS2, PBX3, GRIA2, CACNA1C, PAX6, LHX2, SIX3, NES, SOX2, ASCL1, RORB, NR2E3, NRL, TUBB3, NFIA, NFIB, OTX2, ELAVL3, ELAVL4, SLC1A2, SLC1A3, HCN1, HES5, AGT, ACBLN2, CDH7, DNAH11, EGR1, FAM216B, FOS, KCNC2, LGI2, LOC2219
- the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the present invention provides a formulation comprising: a) the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the pharmaceutical composition of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein; and b) about 4-10% (v/v) cryoprotectant, about 2-3% (w/v) albumin, about 0-1.5% (w/v) glucose, and a buffer.
- the cryoprotectant is selected from DMSO, glycerol, and ethylene glycol. In one embodiment, the cryoprotectant is DMSO. In one embodiment, the formulation comprises about 4-6% (v/v) cryoprotectant. In one embodiment, the formulation comprises about 0.08-0.10% (w/v) glucose. In one embodiment, the formulation comprises about 5% (v/v) DMSO, about 2.5% (w/v) albumin, about 0.09% (w/v) glucose, and a buffer. In one embodiment, the formulation comprises about 0.6% (w/v) glucose. In one embodiment, the formulation comprises about 5% DMSO, about 2.5% albumin, about 0.6% glucose, and a buffer.
- albumin is human albumin. In one embodiment, albumin is recombinant human albumin.
- the buffer is buffered saline.
- the buffer is phosphate- buffered saline (PBS).
- PBS phosphate- buffered saline
- the buffered saline comprises Ca2+ and Mg2+. In one embodiment, the buffered saline does not comprise Ca2+ and Mg2+.
- the formulation is cryopreserved.
- the present invention provides a method of treating an eye disease in a subject, comprising administering to the subject the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- the present invention provides a method of increasing secretion of neuroprotective factors in an eye of a subject, comprising administering to the subject the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- the method increases secretion of neuroprotective factors by at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to secretion of neuroprotective factors prior to administration.
- the present invention provides a method of improving visual acuity in a subject having a retinal disease or disorder, comprising administering to the subject the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- the method increases visual acuity by at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to visual acuity prior to administration.
- visual acuity is measured by optomoter response (OMR) and/or electroretinogram (ERG).
- the treated eye has increased spatial frequency threshold measured by OMR of at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to spatial frequency threshold prior to administration.
- the treated eye has increased scotopic b-wave amplitude measured by ERG of at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to scotopic b-wave amplitude prior to administration.
- the present invention provides a method of preventing or slowing loss of photoreceptor cells in a subject having a retinal disease or disorder, comprising administering to the subject the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- preventing or slowing loss of photoreceptor cells is measured by the expression of CNFT.
- the method increases expression of CNFT by at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, or at least 50% as compared to expression of CNFT in the eye prior to administration.
- the present invention provides a method of increasing phagocytic activity in an eye of a subject having a retinal disease or disorder, comprising administering to the subject the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- the method increases phagocytic activity by at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to phagocytic activity prior to administration.
- the present invention provides a method of inhibiting microglial activation in an eye of a subject having a retinal disease or disorder, comprising administering to the subject the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- inhibiting microglial activation is measured by the expression of CNFT and/or MIF.
- the method increases expression of CNFT by at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to expression of CNFT prior to administration.
- the method increases expression of MIF by at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to expression of MIF prior to administration.
- the present invention provides a method of decreasing oxidative stress in an eye of a subject having a retinal disease or disorder, comprising administering to the subject the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- decreasing oxidative stress is measured by the expression of CNFT.
- the method increases expression of CNFT by at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to expression of CNFT prior to administration.
- the present invention provides a method of increasing expression of anti-apoptotic factors in an eye of a subject having a retinal disease or disorder, comprising administering to the subject the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- the method increases expression of anti-apoptotic factors by at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, or at least 90% as compared to expression of anti-apoptotic factors prior to administration.
- the anti-apoptotic factor is SIOOB.
- the present invention provides a method of preventing degeneration of outer nuclear layer (ONL) in an eye of a subject having a retinal disease or disorder, comprising administering to the subject the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
- ONL outer nuclear layer
- the disease or disorder is rod or cone dystrophy, retinal degeneration, retinitis pigmentosa, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, geographic atrophy secondary to macular degeneration, intermediate dry age-related macular degeneration (AMD), Leber congenital amaurosis or Stargardt disease.
- the eye disease is macular degeneration or retinitis pigmentosa.
- the disease is a retinal degenerative disease.
- the disease is associated with loss of photoreceptor cells.
- the disease is associated with loss of photoreceptor cells in the outer nuclear layer of the retina.
- the population of EVs, the pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs is administered to the subretinal space or to the suprachoroidal space of the subject.
- the population of EVs, the pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs is administered by injection or implantation.
- the injection is administered intraolcularly.
- the intraocular administration comprises injection of an aqueous solution, optionally an isotonic solution and/or a saline solution, into the subretinal space, thereby forming a pre -bleb, and removal of said aqueous solution, prior to administration of said photoreceptor rescue cell composition into the same subretinal space as said aqueous solution.
- the population of EVs, pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs is administered within at least 1 week, at least 1 month, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, at least 2 years, at least 3 years, at least 4 years, or at least 5 years of onset of symptoms.
- the method further wherein one or more anti-inflammatory agents are administered to the subject.
- the one or more anti-inflammatory agents and the population of EVs, pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs are administered concurrently.
- the one or more anti-inflammatory agents and the population of EVs, pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs are administered separately.
- the one or more anti-inflammatory agents are administered prior to the population of EVs, pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs, or 2) the population of EVs, pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs is administered prior to the one or more anti-inflammatory agents.
- the one or more anti-inflammatory agents are administered before and after administration of the population of EVs, pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs.
- the administration of the population of EVs, pharmaceutical composition comprising the population of EVs, or the formulation comprising the population of EVs is without one or more anti-inflammatory agents.
- the one or more anti-inflammatory agents comprises dexamethasone and/or cyclosporine.
- FIG. 1A depicts cell cluster analysis of ESC/PRE/PRCs.
- ESCs Undifferentiated, research grade JI -ESCs and Kd-ESCs.
- RPE Jl-RPE at P3+4 months timepoint.
- PRC JI -PRC (P4), Kd-PRC (P4), GB2R-PRC-2019 (P4), GB2R-PRC-PR1 (P4), GB2R-PRC-CN2 (P4), GB2R-PRC-CN3 (P4).
- FIG. IB depicts qPCR validation of neuronal genes, including NANOG, NEUROD2, GAD1, DCX, MAP2, and NFIA.
- FIG. 1C depicts single cell analysis of PRCs-P4 (GB2R-PRC-2019 (P4), GB2R-PRC-PR1 (P4), GB2R-PRC-CN2 (P4), and GB2R-PRC-CN3 (P4)).
- Cells were categorized as inhibitory neurons, excitatory neurons, mixed neurons, progenitors, and astrocytes.
- FIG. ID depicts qPCR identity assays comparing upregulation of markers, F0XG1, MAP2, STMN2, DCX, and LINC00461, in GB2R-PRC, GB2R-ESC, RPE, and HMC cells.
- GB2R-FCP GB2R-Final Cell Product includes, GB2R-PRC-CN3, GB2R-PRC-CN2, Pioneer, and GB2R-PRC- 2019.
- FIG. IE shows heat map of expression of eye field progenitor markers, rod/cone photoreceptor markers, and neuronal markers in inhibitory neurons, excitatory neurons, alternative neurons, progenitors and astrocytes as shown in FIG. 1C.
- FIGs. 1F-1T show expression of cell markers from day 2 (D2), day 12 (D12), day 19 (D19), day 37 (D37/P0), day 55 (D55/P1), day 72 (D72/P2), day 90 (D90/P3) and day 107 (D107/P4) from PRC compositions listed in Table 10.
- PRC markers FOXG1, MAP2, STMN2, and DCX (FIG. IF);
- PRC markers EINC00461, NEUROD2, GAD1, and NFIA (FIG. 1G); Inhibitory neuron markers DEX5, TUBB3, and SCGN (FIG. 1H); Inhibitory neuron markers ERBB4 and CAEB2 (FIG.
- Astrocyte markers GFAP, MIR99AHG, and FBXL7 (FIG. IM); Alternative neuron markers MEIS2, PBX3, GRIA2, and CACNA1C (FIG. IN); Eye field progenitor markers PAX6, LHX2, and SIX3 (FIG. IO); Eye field progenitor markers NES and SOX2 (FIG. IP); Rod/cone photoreceptor markers ASCL1, RORB, NR2E3, and NRL (FIG. IQ); Neuron markers TUBB3, NFIA, and NFIB (FIG. 1R); Neuron markers OTX2, ELAVL3, and ELAVL4 (FIG. IS); and Neuron markers SLC1A2, SLC1A3, HCN1, and HES5 (FIG. IT).
- FIG. 2A depicts brightfield image of PRC-P4 cells.
- FIG. 2B depicts scorecard analysis of PRCs differentiation looking at self-renewal, ectoderm, mesoderm, and endoderm markers.
- FIG. 2C depicts immunocytochemistry (ICC) staining in PRCs-P4 showing expression of PAX6/OTX2 in PRC-NPC cells (neural progenitor cells), and STMN2, CALB2, SCGN, and DCX in PRC-P4 cells.
- ICC immunocytochemistry
- FIG. 2D depicts expression of markers NEUROD2, FOXG1, and HMGA1 in PRC-P4 cells indicating successful differentiation.
- FIG. 2F depicts differentially expressed genes between PRC-P3 and PRC-P4 determined via RNA-seq analysis. These genes have a loglO ratio of mean expression higher than 3 or lower than -3.
- FIG. 3A depicts stimulation of PRC using TBHP (Oxidative stress) and Luminex assay for detecting secreted factors from stimulated PRC.
- PRC GB2R-PRC-CN3, GB2R-PRC-CN2, Pioneer, and GB2R-PRC-2019.
- FIG. 3B depicts level of secreted neuroprotective factors detected in the media when PRC cells are without oxidative stress. Stimulation of PRC using TBHP (Oxidative stress) and Luminex assay for detecting secreted factors from stimulated PRC. CNTF, MIF, and SIOOB were quantified in the media when unstimulated (without oxidative stress).
- PRC GB2R-PRC-CN3, GB2R-PRC-CN2, Pioneer, and GB2R-PRC-2019.
- FIG. 3C shows confocal images demonstrating that subretinal engraftment of PRCs suppress microglial infiltration into the ONL (P60) in RCS rats. Stained retinal sections were imaged using confocal z-stack analysis on the Leica SP8.
- FIG. 3D shows stimulation of Microglia line SIM-A9 using LPS and inhibition using L- Carnitine.
- FIG. 3E depicts phagocytosis assay with GB2R-PRC-PR1 incubated with pHrodo E. coli bioparticles.
- FIG. 3F depicts internalization of rod outer segment (ROS) debris in RCS (Royal College of Surgeons) rat retina by PRCs.
- ROS rod outer segment
- FIG. 4A depicts schematic of RCS rat dosing and time course of in vivo experimentation.
- FIG. 4B depicts Optomotor response (OMR) and Electroretinogram (ERG) analysis of RCS rats injected at P25 with 100,000 cells/eye of GB2R-PRC-2019 PRCs.
- OMR Optomotor response
- ERP Electroretinogram
- FIG. 4C shows representative images showing PRC engraftment significantly attenuates outer nuclear layer (ONL) degeneration out to 3 months post-transplantation. Confocal images show PRC engraftment is highly correlated with ONL preservation. Stained retinal sections were imaged using the Leica MDi8 epifluorescent microscope.
- FIG. 4D depicts quantification of outer nuclear layer (ONL) thickness showing PRC engraftment is correlated to significant preservation at P35, P60 and P120.
- n 148 ROE 7 eyes.
- FIG. 5A depicts immunohistochemical analysis of glial fibrillary acid protein (rabbit anti- GFAP; ABCAM) in the P120 RCS rat.
- GFAP is expressed in both Muller glia (MG) and optic nerve fiber astrocytes of the host rat retina (white arrows) as well as engrafted PRCs in the subretinal space.
- Upregulation and increased distribution of GFAP, MG hypertrophy, and outer nuclear layer (ONL) degeneration is reduced or absent at the subretinal PRC graft site.
- Cell Viability >70% (Manual).
- FIG. 5B depicts TUNEL quantification (TUNEL label Mix, Sigma catalog# 11767291910, TUNEL enzyme Sigma catalog# 11767305001) performed at P35 during which peak apoptotic activity is observed in the RCS retina.
- PRCs engrafted in the subretinal space were identified by Ku80+ staining (Abeam, ab80592) of adjacent sections (see below). In PRC engrafted areas, very few, if any TUNEL+ nuclei are observed, indicating little to no apoptotic activity at graft sites. However, non-engrafted areas contain significant TUNEL+ nuclei in the ONL, indicating widespread photoreceptor death at P35.
- TUNEL+ nuclei in the ONL shows significant attenuation of apoptotic activity at graft sites vs non-graft areas.
- Retinal sections through the PRC graft were chosen for TUNEL quantification and stained with Ku80 to localize engrafted PRCs and DAPI to identify the ONL.
- a total of 3 to 4 regions of interest (ROIs) were imaged at central and peripheral regions per retina.
- ROIs were subsequently identified as “Graft” or “No Graft” by the presence of subretinal Ku80+ PRCs. Cell Viability: 3.5%/52.3% (Cellometer).
- FIG. 5C depicts extracellular vesicles (EVs) isolated from PRCs preserve OMR response out to P90 in RCS rats.
- EVs were isolated from PRC conditioned media and subretinally injected into RCS rats at a dose of 9.42*10 A 8 EVs/eye.
- Other RCS rats received subretinal injections of PRCs (100,000 cells/eye), or vehicle. Injections were performed at age P25. OMR analysis was performed at P60, 90,120 and compared to non-injected (NI) animals at the same age.
- NI non-injected
- FIG. 5D depicts a single subretinal injection of PRC-EVs preserves ONL thickness out to P90. Quantification of retinal ONL thickness from PRC -EV injected RCS rats vs that of uninjected eyes. Retinal cryosections were stained with DAPI to visualize the ONL. Stained retinal sections were imaged using the Leica DMi8 epifluorescent scope. ONL thickness was determined by line graph measurements through the ONL at central and peripheral areas as described in FIG. 4C. P90: ONL preservation correlates with OMR preservation. ONL thickness in Long-evans Rat (sighted): ⁇ 55 pm (Weber et al., 1996). P- prefix denotes Postnatal Age.
- FIG. 5E depicts single PRC-EV injection. ONL thickness preserved out to P90.
- FIG. 5F depicts ONL after no PRC-EV injection. Small patches of preserved ONL, on average 1-3 rows of nuclei.
- FIG. 5G depicts ONL after PRC-EV injection. Longer stretches of preserved ONL when compared to uninjected, on average 3-6 rows of nuclei.
- FIG. 5H depicts ONL after PRC-EV injection at P120. Single PRC-EV injection does not preserve ONL thickness at P120.
- FIG. 51 depicts optomotor responses after PRC-EV injection. Visual function was assessed by recording optomotor responses in PRC-EV injected rats at P60, P90 and P120.
- FIG. 5J ONL analysis of PRC-EV-treated rats shows single injection of PRC-EVs confers morphological preservation of the ONL up to P90 but not at P120.
- FIG. 5K depicts ONL after subretinal cell transplantation of PRCs. Subretinal cell transplantation of PRCs preserves ONL thickness up to P120.
- FIG. 6A shows Toluidine blue staining of PRC engrafted areas and non-engrafted areas. ONL preservation is clearly observed whereas non-engrafted areas show severely degenerated ONL. ONL visualized by thick, dark band (long arrows) Note: the absence of ONL preservation on the noninjected side (short arrows).
- FIG. 6B shows Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM) analysis of engrafted and nonengrafted site of the ONL. There was noticeable preservation of the ONL in engrafted areas compared to ONL sites with no PRC engraftment.
- TEM Transmission Electron Microscope
- FIG. 6C shows TEM ultrastructural analysis.
- TEM shows overall morphological preservation of photoreceptors as well as finer structures such as the connecting cilium of the rod inner segment in the presence of subretinal PRCs.
- PRC engraftment minimizes the debris zone of the subretinal space.
- rod outer segment debris populates most of the subretinal space due to non-clearance after outer segment shedding.
- GB2R-PRC-2019 were injected at P25 postnatal. Black arrowheads pointing to preserved connecting cilium of the inner and outer segment. Cell Viability: 57.1% (Cellometer).
- FIG. 7A depicts a schematic outline for administration of PRCs using an rdlO mouse model.
- P14 postnatal 14 days
- GS2 vehicle was injected into left eyes as a control.
- OMR were performed on P21, P28, P35, P42 and P49.
- Cell Viability 68.5% (Manual).
- FIG. 7B depicts a graph showing that at P21 and P28, both eyes show presence of tracking. At P35, P42 and P49 control eye became blind and cell-injected eye still show the capacity to track.
- FIG. 7C depicts a graph showing morphometric analysis of photoreceptor outer nuclear layer (ONL) preservation in the P28 rdlO mouse.
- ONL preservation quantified as ONL area (mm 2 ) can be identified at the locus of PRC subretinal engraftment compared with adjacent nongrafted central and peripheral retina.
- FIG. 7D depicts a graph showing analysis of cone length in the P28 rdlO mouse.
- the length of cone arrestin labelled cone photoreceptors is significantly increased at the locus of PRC subretinal engraftment compared with adjacent regions of central and peripheral retina in which there is no subretinal engraftment.
- FIG. 7E depicts confocal imaging showing CtBP2/RIBEYE labelled rod synapses at the site of engraftment and in central and peripheral retinal loci without engraftment.
- FIG. 7F depicts a graph quantifying rod synapses in the P28 rdlO mouse.
- the number of ribeye positive/cone arrestin negative rod synapses is significantly increased at the locus of PRC engraftment compared with nongrafted central and peripheral retina indicating PRC associated preservation of rod photoreceptors in rdlO mouse retina.
- Cell Viability 73.3% (Manual).
- FIG. 8A shows OMR at P35 with sub-70% viabilities from multiple PRC lots.
- the viabilities of 66.05%, 68.5% and 68.8% PRC showed similar preservations effects.
- PRC -injected eyes showed better OMR performance than control eyes.
- FIG. 8B shows anatomical preservation of PRC cells. Anatomical preservation was observed across multiple PRC lots with sub-70% viabilities. Histological analysis confirmed OMR data.
- P35 PRCs that had been injected with 66.05% viability preserved the cone anatomy as assessed by ONL thickness, axon length and morphology.
- P50 PRCs that had been injected with 68.5% viability preserved ONL thickness and density of ribeye+ synapses.
- PRCs that had been injected with 68.8% viability also preserved ONL thickness and density of ribeye+ synapse.
- FIG. 9A shows ONL preservation in RD 10 mice.
- 100k cells were transplanted into subretinal space of right eye, GS2 vehicle was injected into left eye as a control.
- eyes were collected for IHC staining.
- DAPI staining showed that only one row of photoreceptors was left in no graft retina, while multiple rows of photoreceptor were observed in graft retina.
- Quantification of data from 5 animals, 3 sections from each animal shows ONL thickness and area in graft retina are significantly higher than those in no graft retina (6um vs 18um; 5000um A 2 vs 10000 um A 2).
- Cell Viability 68.5% (Manual).
- FIG. 9B depicts ICC image staining for (Left panel) Cone arrestin (Millipore AB 15282 1:500) which was used to detect the morphology of cones).
- Cone arrestin (Millipore AB 15282 1:500) which was used to detect the morphology of cones).
- arrestin was only expressed in cell bodies of cones, outer segment and axons were degenerated.
- graft retina cones were preserved by maintaining normal morphology, arrestin were expressed in outer segment, cell body, axon and pedicles. Quantification of data shows that cones had significant longer axons in graft retina than those in no graft (8um vs 4um).
- Ribeye also called ct-BP2, BD transduction Laboratories 612044, 1:500
- Ribeye is a marker of presynaptic structure located at the axon terminal of photoreceptors. It shows the synaptic connection between photoreceptor and horizontal cells.
- FIG. 9C depicts a schematic outline for administration of PRC cells to hemizygous rat. Summary of P23H rat dosing and time course of in vivo experimentation.
- FIG. 9D depicts a graph for OMR preservation of P23H hemizygous rats injected at P25 with 100,000 cells/eye of GB2R-PRC-P4-FDA PRCs that reveals statistically significant preservation of the OMR response compared with uninjected controls at P60, P90, and P120 and compared to vehicle injected controls at P90.
- Statistical analysis was performed by using 2-way ANOVA with Tukey’s multiple comparison test (M.C.T.). Cell Viability: 71.7% (Manual).
- FIG. 10A depicts a schematic of HuNu-i- cell quantification process.
- FIG. 10B depicts quantification of the number of engrafted PRCs in 4 transplanted animals at P120, or 3 months post-transplantation. Quantification of total HuNu-i- PRCs in the subretinal grafts shows an average of 80,000 transplanted cells per eye which translates to an overall 80% rate of engraftment compared to an initial injection of 100,000 cells per injection.
- FIG. 10C depicts differential PRC engraftment in retinal degeneration models with varying disease onset and severity post-treatment. Specific lots and doses of PRCs used in this analysis are shown in the box at the very top of the figure.
- Relative Subretinal Engraftment bar graph: RCS rat and P23H hemizygous rat models of retinal degeneration demonstrate comparable engraftment of GB2R-PRCs with maximal engraftment found to cover 54 and 41% of the subretinal space respectively.
- rdlO mouse and P23H homozygous rat models of retinal degeneration show significantly less engraftment with 19% (rdlO mouse) and 2% (P23H homozygous rat) of the subretinal space showing PRC engraftment at the length maxima.
- Relative Retinal Length Graft Coverage graph Relative ratio calculations present coverage relative to the different sizes of the mouse and rat eyes while plots of maximal lengths display absolute lengths of engraftment.
- the rdlO mouse and P23H rat show decreased engraftment in both relative and absolute terms compared to both RCS and P23H hemizygous rats.
- FIG. 11 A depicts a graph showing proliferation in subretinal PRCs is downregulated by P120.
- HuNu Micropore, MAB1281
- Ki67 Abeam abl5580
- P35 retinal cross sections in P35, P60 (not shown) and P120 animals.
- a total of three animals were used for each timepoint.
- Confocal images show Ki67 and HuNu doublepositive cells in the subretinal space at P35.
- proliferative (Ki67+) PRCs are not observed.
- Quantification reveals significant downregulation of Ki67 and HuNu double-positive PRCs by P120, or 3 months post-transplantation (bar graph in lower left panel).
- Cell Viability P35: 43.5% and 52.3%; P60: 43.5% and 52.3% (Cellometer); and P120: > 70% (Manual).
- FIG. 11B shows confocal images of engrafted PRCs.
- a total of three animals were used for each timepoint.
- Cultured GMP1 iPSCs were used as a positive control for Oct4 expression, with WGA- 647 (Thermo Scientific W32466) and DAPI staining for subcellular compartment localization (small images in lower middle panel).
- FIG. 12A depicts a schematic of a protocol to make PRC cells.
- DS P4-PRC
- DS P4-PRC
- RIM Rescue Induction Medium
- NDM Neural Differentiation Medium
- ICC Immunocytochemistry
- IFA Immunofluorescence assay.
- FIG. 12B depicts a schematic of a protocol to make PRC cells including a cryopreservation step in between P3 and P4.
- DS P4-PRC
- RIM Rescue Induction Medium
- NDM Neural Differentiation Medium
- ICC Immunocytochemistry
- IFA Immunofluorescence assay.
- FIG. 12C depicts a schematic of a manufacturing process of PRCs.
- FIG. 13 depicts a schematic of manufacturing, reconstitution and injection of PRC cells.
- CZ Crystal Zenith
- CRF Controlled Rate Freezer.
- FIG. 14A depicts post-thaw cell viability of photoreceptor rescue cells (PRC) cells prepared in formulations containing 2.5% rHA, DPBS with Ca and Mg, 0.6% glucose, and different concentrations of DMSO (5% DMSO or 10% DMSO), and of PRC cells formulated in a commercially available CryoStor® CS10 cell freezing formulation which contains 10% DMSO, for comparison.
- PRC photoreceptor rescue cells
- FIG. 14B depicts percent viability of P4 PRC cells after cryopreservation in different conditions. Shown as mean ⁇ SD.
- FIG. 14C depicts percent viability of P4 PRC cells after cryopreservation in different conditions selected from conditions in FIG. 14B. Shown as mean ⁇ SD.
- FIG. 15A shows comparison of OMR response in animals subretinally injected with 100,000 or 200,000 GB2R PRCs. Twelve spatial frequencies (SP) were performed and the OMR response (tracking strength) was recorded in animals subretinally injected with either 100K (left panel) or 200K (middle panel) PRCs. A response of 1.2 on the Y axis is the threshold for OMR presence (shown by green dotted line). Any value below 1.2 means eyes are not able to track. At P35, P42 and P50, control eyes were blind, and 200k PRC cell-injected eyes consistently showed larger and broader amplitude curve than 100k cohort. SP threshold right shifted indicates better visual acuity in 200k eyes. Viability: 80.6%/76.64% (manual, 2 vials).
- FIG. 15B depicts a schematic timeline for injections and analysis in rdlO mice.
- FIG. 15C ICC analysis was used to show that ONL thickness in 200k-eyes was greater than that in 100k was confirmed by ICC analysis. Quantification of ONL thickness at graft sites vs nongraft sites in animals receiving 100K and 200K cells. The data is consistent with the hypothesis that higher dosing leads to greater efficacy.
- ONL Thickness at P70 OMR curves consistently with larger amplitude or broader in 200k vs. 100k group ONL preservation at P70 greater in 200k vs. 100k group. Data consistent with hypothesis that greater retinal coverage (by higher dosing) leads to greater efficacy.
- FIG. 16B shows OMR analysis of RCS rats injected at P25 with 100,000 cells/eye of GB2R- PRC (CN2 lot); GB2R-PRCs (P3 INT DS); or GB2R-PRCs (Cryo: Cryopreserved formulation).
- Statistical analysis was performed by using 2-way ANOVA with Tukey’s multiple comparison test (M.C.T.) with test articles compared with uninjected and GS2 vehicle injected eyes.
- FIG. 16C shows ERG analysis of RCS rats injected at P25 with 100,000 cells/eye of GB2R- PRC (CN2 lot); GB2R-PRCs (P3 INT DS); or GB2R-PRCs (Cryo: Cryopreserved formulation).
- Statistical analysis was performed by using 2-way ANOVA with Tukey’s multiple comparison test (M.C.T.) with test articles compared with uninjected and GS2 vehicle injected eyes.
- FIGs. 17A and 17B show OCT of eyes treated with GS2 buffer and supplementary IMT.
- FIG. 17A includes conditions GS2+/cyrobuffer (1:4) without IMT (left column), and GS2+/cyrobuffer (1:4) with Dex (right column).
- FIG. 17B shows GS2+/cyrobuffer (1:4) with Dex/CsA (left column), and BSS without IMT (right column).
- FIGs. 18A-18C show ERG responses for Group 1 (GS2+/cyrobuffer (1:4) without IMT); Group 2 (GS2+/cyrobuffer (1:4) with Dex); Group 3 (GS2+/cyrobuffer (1:4) with Dex/CsA); and Group 4 (BSS without IMT).
- FIG. 18A shows a-wave responses.
- FIG. 18B shows scotopic b-wave responses.
- FIG. 18C shows photopic b-wave responses.
- FIG. 19 shows retinal morphology for Group 1 (GS2+/cyrobuffer (1:4) without IMT); Group 2 (GS2+/cyrobuffer (1:4) with Dex); Group 3 (GS2+/cyrobuffer (1:4) with Dex/CsA); and Group 4 (BSS without IMT).
- FIG. 20 shows OCT images for Group 1 (GS2+/cyrobuffer (1:4) without IMT); Group 2 (GS2+/cyrobuffer (1:4) with Dex); Group 3 (GS2+/cyrobuffer (1:4) with Dex/CsA); and Group 4 (BSS without IMT).
- FIG. 21 shows ONL thickness for Group 1 (GS2+/cyrobuffer (1:4) without IMT); Group 2 (GS2+/cyrobuffer (1:4) with Dex); Group 3 (GS2+/cyrobuffer (1:4) with Dex/CsA); and Group 4 (BSS without IMT).
- FIG. 22 shows intraretinal migration after injection with PRCs frozen at intermediate step of P3 and further differentiated to P4 after thawing.
- FIG. 23 shows OMR readings comparing P4(d) and P4(i) at time points P35, P42, and P49 after injection.
- FIG. 24 shows immunohistochemistry on inner plexiform layer (IPL) showing intraretinal migration between P4(d) and P4(i) injections.
- IPL inner plexiform layer
- FIG. 25 shows immunohistochemistry on IPL showing enhanced migration into IPL after injection with P4(i) PRCs.
- FIG. 26 shows OMR readings of Cohort 1 dosed with high dose P4(d) or P4(i).
- FIG. 27 shows OMR readings of Cohort 1 dosed with high dose P4(d) or P4(i).
- FIG. 28 shows OMR readings of eyes injected with PRCs prepared using CellSTACK® or PDL -precoated flasks compared to CMC control (prepared using dishes as shown in FIGs. 12A-12B.
- FIG. 29 shows OCT images of retinas are D7 and D38 (days after injection) comparing preparations of PRCs using CellSTACK® and PDL-precoated flasks.
- FIGs. 30A-30B shows immunohistochemistry staining for CAR/HuNu (FIG. 30A and FIG. 30B) comparing PRCs prepared using CellSTACK® or PDL-precoated flasks compared to CMC control. Both FIG. 30A and FIG. 30B show larger grafts and better cone preservation with PRCs prepared using CellSTACK®.
- FIG. 31 shows immunohistochemistry staining for GFAP and HuNu comparing PRCs prepared using CellSTACK® or PDL-precoated flasks compared to CMC control.
- FIG. 32 shows immunohistochemistry staining for IBA1 and HuNu comparing PRCs prepared using CellSTACK® or PDL-precoated flasks compared to CMC control.
- FIG. 33 shows immunohistochemistry staining for Ki67 and HuNu comparing PRCs prepared using CellSTACK® or PDL-precoated flasks compared to CMC control.
- FIG. 34 shows immunohistochemistry staining for OCT4 and HuNu comparing PRCs prepared using CellSTACK® or PDL-precoated flasks compared to CMC control.
- FIG. 35 shows a schematic of the experimental design for delayed injection of PRCs into RCS rats. Injections were at P25, P45, or P60 after disease onset. OMR and ERG readings were taken from P60 through Pl 50.
- FIGs. 36A and 36B show OMR (FIG. 36A) and ERG (FIG. 36B) readings at P60, P90, P120, and P150 after each injection timepoint.
- FIG. 37 shows immunohistochemistry staining STEM21 of delayed injection of PRCs at P45 in RCS rat.
- FIGs. 38A and 38B show quantification of subrentinal PRC engraftment for injection time points of P25, P45, and P60.
- FIG. 38A shows maximal graft length and
- FIG. 38B shows maximal graft/retina length ratio.
- FIGs. 39A and 39B show quantification of ONL preservation for injection time points of P25, P45, and P60.
- FIG. 39A shows maximal preserved ONL length and
- FIG. 39B shows maximal ONL/retina length ratio.
- P25 Injected Gb2R-GMP-MCB PRC-P4 RCS (P150); P45 Injected Gb2R-
- FIGs. 40A-40D The optomotor response was preserved in PRC -injected eyes.
- the OMR response assay was performed at postnatal ages P28 (FIG. 40A), P35 (FIG. 40B), P42 (FIG. 40C), and P49 (FIG. 40D).
- Statistical significance against control eyes was observed in Group 1 OD, while only a trend was observed in Group 2 OD against control eyes. No statistical difference was observed between cell-injected groups. *p ⁇ 0.05, **p ⁇ 0.01.
- FIGs. 41A-41F show OCT images of retinas for DO Group 1 (OD) >70% (FIG. 41 A); DO Group 2 (OD) ⁇ 60% (FIG. 41B); D9 Group 1 (OD) >70% (FIG. 41C); D9 Group 2 (OD) ⁇ 60% (FIG. 41D); D35 Group 1 (OD) >70% (FIG. 41E); and D35 Group 2 (OD) ⁇ 60% (FIG. 41F).
- FIG. 42B shows Group 1 (OD) >70% and Group 2 (OD) ⁇ 60%.
- FIGs. 43A-43F Examples of subretinal PRC grafts associated with elongate cone morphology are found in treated eyes from Groups 1 and 2.
- FIG. 43D shows Quantification of cone length. One-way ANOVA (p ⁇ 0.05). Error bars are SEM. See FIG. 43E (Group 1) and FIG. 43F (Group 2) for CAR staining for all eyes.
- FIG. 44 shows a subretinal PRC graft was associated with thickened ONL at graft sites.
- FIG. 45 Muller glial GFAP immunoreactivity was substantial in all study eyes.
- FIGs. 46A-46J show OCT imaging on D28 revealed surgery-associated damage at injection sites.
- OCT images displaying surgical damage and accumulation of subretinal material in injected eyes from Groups 1 (FIG. 46A, FIG. 46B, and FIG. 46C), 2 (FIG. 46D, FIG. 46E, and FIG. 46F), and 3 (FIG. 46G, FIG. 46H, and FIG. 461), compared to naive Group 4 eyes (FIG. 46 J).
- the presence of subretinal material in Group 1 eyes suggested that the subretinal mass observed on OCT in cell-injected eyes (Groups 2 and 3) may contain a considerable number of host cells.
- individual moderately sized regions of retinal atrophy were observed (red dashed line) at the injection center.
- FIGs. 47A-47C show ERG recordings (D29-32) reveal no statistically significant differences between study groups.
- FIG. 47A shows a-wave amplitude measurements via 2-way ANOVA;
- FIG. 47B show scotopic b-wave amplitude measurements via 2-way ANOVA;
- FIG. 47C shows photopic b-wave amplitude measurements via 1-way ANOVA.
- FIGs. 48A-48F shows HNA immunostaining and retinal laminar structure at injection center. Nuclear HNA staining was not detected in Group 1 (FIG. 48A and FIG. 48B), Group 2 (FIG. 48C and FIG. 48D), and Group 3 (FIG. 48E and FIG. 48F) (HNA channel alone, HNA and DAPI overlay, brightfield). However, subretinal graft-like structures (*) containing DAPI + cells and autofluorescent debris were found in Groups 2 and 3 (FIG. 48C, FIG. 48E, and FIG. 48F). Additional brightly autofluorescent debris (#) was observed across Groups 1-3, either subretinally or embedded in the outer retina (FIG.
- FIGs. 49A-49H shows Muller glial GFAP immunoreactivity was enriched at injection sites in injected eyes, consistent with injection-associated damage.
- A-H Muller glial reactivity was assessed using GFAP immunostaining Group 1 (FIG. 49A and FIG. 49B), Group 2 (FIG. 49C and FIG.
- FIG. 49D Group 3 (FIG. 49E and FIG. 49F), and Group 4 (FIG. 49G and FIG. 49H) (GFAP channel alone; GFAP and DAPI overlay).
- the present invention is directed to a photoreceptor rescue cell composition including a plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells that possesses unique marker profiles.
- the compositions of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells (PRCs) of the invention cumulatively express the markers: FOXG1, MAP2, STMN2, DCX, LINC00461, NEUROD2, GAD1, and NFIA.
- the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention includes inhibitory neurons, excitatory neurons, progenitors, astrocytes, and mixed neurons.
- the PRC may be defined phenotypically, for example by intracellular or extracellular marker expression.
- the photoreceptor rescue cell may further be characterized by expression or lack of expression of eye field progenitor markers, neural markers, and/or rod/cone photoreceptor markers.
- photoreceptor rescue cell compositions can be generated by in vitro differentiation from earlier progenitors including pluripotent stem cells, for example, embryonic stem cells (ESCs), cells that have undergone transdifferentiation or partial reprogramming to a progenitor state, and induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs).
- the invention provides a composition of photoreceptor rescue cells that have not been attained or are not attainable from primary sources and, as such, possess unique unnatural marker profiles.
- the photoreceptor rescue cell compositions may be used in a variety of in vivo and in vitro methods.
- the photoreceptor rescue cells may be used to treat conditions of the retina, including, but not limited to, macular degeneration (including age-related macular degeneration (AMD), for example, wet and dry AMD, retinitis pigmentosa and geographic atrophy secondary to AMD).
- macular degeneration including age-related macular degeneration (AMD), for example, wet and dry AMD, retinitis pigmentosa and geographic atrophy secondary to AMD.
- AMD age-related macular degeneration
- the photoreceptor rescue cells may be used in vitro in screening assays to identify putative therapeutic or prophylactic treatment candidates.
- the PRCs exhibit the ability to treat eye diseases and to improve visual acuity in a subject having a retinal disease or disorder, for example, by increasing secretion of neuroprotective factors, by preventing or slowing loss of photoreceptor cells, by increasing phagocytic activity (e.g., ability to phagocytose isolated photoreceptor outer segments), by inhibiting microglial activation (e.g., by increasing expression of CNFT and/or MIF), by decreasing oxidative stress (e.g., by increasing expression of CNFT), by increasing expression of anti-apoptotic factors, and/or by preventing degeneration of the outer nuclear layer.
- phagocytic activity e.g., ability to phagocytose isolated photoreceptor outer segments
- microglial activation e.g., by increasing expression of CNFT and/or MIF
- oxidative stress e.g., by increasing expression of CNFT
- anti-apoptotic factors e.g., by
- the term “photoreceptor rescue cell composition” refers to a composition comprising a heterogeneous combination of photoreceptor rescue cells (PRCs).
- the photoreceptor rescue cell composition includes heterogeneous cells including, but not limited to, inhibitory neurons, excitatory neurons, mixed neurons, progenitors, and astrocytes.
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition cumulatively express at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 of markers FOXG1, MAP2, STMN2, DCX, LINC00461, NEUROD2, GAD1, and/or NFIA.
- the cells in the composition cumulatively express at least FOXG1 and MAP2.
- the cells in the composition cumulatively express at least each of markers FOXG1, MAP2, STMN2, DCX, LINC00461, NEUROD2, GAD1, and NFIA.
- Excitatory neurons in the photoreceptor rescue cell compositions of the invention refer to cells that express one or more of markers NEUROD2, NEUROD6, SLA, NELL2, and/or SATB2.
- Inhibitory neurons in the photoreceptor rescue cell compositions of the invention refer to cells that express one or more of markers DLX5, TUBB3, SCGN, ERBB4, and CALB2.
- Alternative neurons refer to cells in a photoreceptor rescue cell composition that express one or more markers MEIS2, PBX3, GRIA2, and CACNA1C.
- Progenitor cells as used herein when in reference to the particular cell types contained in the photoreceptor rescue cell compositions of the invention refer to cells that express one or more of markers VIM, MKI67, CLU, and GLI3.
- Astrocytes in the photoreceptor rescue cell compositions of the invention express one or more of markers GFAP, LUCAT1, MIR99AHG, and FBXL7.
- a photoreceptor rescue cell composition may further contain photoreceptor rescue cells that express eye field progenitor markers, rod/cone photoreceptor markers, and/or neuronal markers.
- Exemplary eye field progenitor markers expressed by cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention include PAX6, LHX2, SIX3, NES, or SOX2.
- Several eye field progenitor markers, such as PAX6, LHX2, SOX2, NES, are widely expressed in many neuronal progenitor cells and are also highly expressed in PRCs of the present compositions.
- the compositions of the invention include heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells that cumulatively express at least PAX6, LHX2, SOX2, NES, and optionally, SIX3.
- compositions of the invention are substantially free of photoreceptor rescue cells, or cells generally, that express RAX, SIX6 or TBX3. In one embodiment, the compositions of the invention are substantially free of photoreceptor rescue cells, or cells generally, that express either RAX and/or TBX3.
- Exemplary rod/cone photoreceptor markers expressed by cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention include Mashl/ASCLl and RORB.
- Several rod/cone photoreceptor markers, such as Mashl/ASCLl and RORB are widely expressed in neuroectoderm and neural progenitors derived from neuroectoderm and are also highly expressed in PRCs of the present compositions.
- the compositions of the invention include heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells that cumulatively express at least Mashl/ASCLl and RORB.
- compositions of the invention are substantially free of photoreceptor rescue cells, or cells generally, that express CRX, RHO, OPN1SW, PDE6B, RCVRN, ARR3, CNGB1, GNAT1, and GNAT2.
- Exemplary neuronal markers expressed by cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention include TUBB3, NFIA, DCX, NFIB, OTX2, ELAVL3, ELAVL4, SLC1A2, SLC1A3, HCN1, and HES5.
- Several neuronal markers are robustly expressed in PRCs of the present compositions, such as TUBB3, NFIA, DCX, and NFIB.
- the compositions of the invention include heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells that cumulatively express TUBB3, NFIA, DCX, NFIB, OTX2, ELAVL3, ELAVL4, SLC1A2, SLC1A3, HCN1, and HES5.
- compositions of the invention are substantially free of photoreceptor rescue cells, or cells generally, that express 0TX2.
- compositions of the invention are substantially free of photoreceptor rescue cells, or cells generally, that express either pluripotent markers SSEA4 and/or OCT4.
- Retinal cell(s) refers to the neural cells of the eye, which are layered into three nuclear layers comprised of photoreceptors, horizontal cells, bipolar cells, amacrine cells, Muller glial cells and ganglion cells.
- Retinal cells includes neural retinal cells (also referred to herein as photoreceptor cells), retinal pigment epithelial (RPE) cells, iris epithelial cells, and their precursors.
- RPE retinal pigment epithelial cells
- RPE retinal pigment epithelial cells
- Neural retina cells refer to the layer of photoreceptor cells (i.e., rod and cone cells) underlying the RPE cell layer in the retina.
- Neural retina (NR) cells are modified light sensitive neurons.
- the term “cumulatively” and grammatical variations thereof refer to the expression of markers across the population of heterogeneous cells in a composition. Specifically, cumulative expression refers to a composition where at least one cell in the composition expresses one of the markers such that the totality of cells in the composition expresses all the genes listed.
- the plurality of heterogeneous cells cumulatively expresses FOXG1 and MAP2 can refer to a composition in which at least one cell expresses FOXG1 and at least one cell expresses MAP2 or a composition in which at least a single cell expresses FOXG1 and MAP2 such that the plurality of cells in the composition cumulatively expresses both FOXG1 and MAP2.
- the plurality of heterogeneous cells cumulatively expresses FOXG1, MAP2, STMN2 and DCX can refer to, but is not limited to, compositions in which at least one cell expresses FOXG1, at least one cell expresses MAP2, at least one cell expresses STMN2 and at least one cell expresses DCX.
- a composition in which at least one cell expresses FOXG1 and MAP2 and at least one other cell expresses STMN2 and DCX is intended to be encompassed by such phrase.
- a composition in which at least one cell expresses FOXG1 and STMN2, at least one cell expresses DCX and at least one cell expresses MAP2 is intended to be encompassed by such phrase.
- NPC central nervous system
- plural is used herein to refer to the state of being plural, i.e., at least two, e.g., cell types, e.g., a plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells.
- compositions are substantially free or “essentially free” are used herein to refer to more than about 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% free.
- phrase “wherein the composition is substantially free of cells that express progenitor markers RAX, SIX6, and/or TBX3” refers to a composition in which at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% of the cells do not express any of the foregoing markers.
- compositions of the invention may be characterized as at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or about 100% of cells in the composition are PRCs.
- compositions of the invention that may be characterized as about 50% to about 100%, about 50% to about 95%, about 50% to about 90%, about 50% to about 85%, about 50% to about 80%, about 50% to about 75%, about 50% to about 70%, about 50% to about 65%, about 50% to about 60%, about 50% to about 55%, 55% to about 100%, about 55% to about 95%, about 55% to about 90%, about 55% to about 85%, about 55% to about 80%, about 55% to about 75%, about 55% to about 70%, about 55% to about 65%, about 55% to about 60%, 60% to about 100%, about 60% to about 95%, about 60% to about 90%, about 60% to about 85%, about 60% to about 80%, about 60% to about 75%, about 60% to about 70%, about 60% to about 65%, 65% to about 100%, about 65% to about 95%, about 65% to about 90%, about 65% to about 85%, about 65% to about 80%, about 65% to about 75%, about 60% to about 70%, about 60% to about 65%,
- compositions of the invention may be characterized as at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, or at least about 85% of the cells in the composition are viable.
- compositions of the invention that may be characterized as about 50% to about 85%, about 50% to about 80%, about 50% to about 75%, about 50% to about 70%, about 50% to about 65%, about 50% to about 60%, about 50% to about 55%, about 55% to about 85%, about 55% to about 80%, about 55% to about 75%, about 55% to about 70%, about 55% to about 65%, about 55% to about 60%, about 60% to about 85%, about 60% to about 80%, about 60% to about 75%, about 60% to about 70%, about 60% to about 65%, about 65% to about 85%, about 65% to about 80%, about 65% to about 75%, about 65% to about 70%, about 70% to about 85%, about 70% to about 80%, about 70% to about 75%, about 75% to about 85%, about 75% to about 80%, or about 80% to about 85% of the cells in the composition are viable.
- substantially pure photoreceptor rescue cell composition refers to a composition of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells (e.g., a composition comprising cells) wherein the composition includes a substantial percentage of cells, for example, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, about least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98% or at least 99% that share identical expression as it relates to a particular marker profile.
- heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells e.g., a composition comprising cells
- the ability of all or a majority of the PRC cells to be in contact with their surrounding medium and thus the factors in such medium to an approximately equal degree results in those progenitor cells differentiating at similar times and to similar degrees.
- This similar differentiation timeline for a population of PRC cells indicates that such cells are synchronized.
- the PRCs may be cell cycle synchronized in some instances also. Such synchronicity results in subpopulations of cells that are homogeneous or near homogeneous as it relates to particular marker expression profiles.
- purity may refer to the percentage of photoreceptor cells in the composition that exhibit a particular expression profile.
- a substantially pure photoreceptor rescue cell composition with respect to expression of FOXG1 and MAP2 may refer to a composition of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells where at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, about least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98% or at least 99% of the photoreceptor rescue cells in the composition express FOXG1 and MAP2.
- the composition of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells are at least 50% pure, at least 55% pure, at least 60% pure, at least 65% pure, at least 70% pure, at least 75% pure, about least 80% pure, at least 85% pure, at least 90% pure, or at least 95% pure.
- the cells are about 50% pure to about 95% pure, about 55% pure to about 95% pure, about 60% pure to about 95% pure, about 70% pure to about 95% pure, about 75% pure to about 95% pure, about 80% pure to about 95% pure, about 85% pure to about 95% pure, about 90% pure to about 95% pure, about 50% pure to about 90% pure, about 55% pure to about 90% pure, about 60% pure to about 90% pure, about 65% pure to about 90% pure, about 70% pure to about 90% pure, about 75% pure to about 90% pure, about 80% pure to about 90% pure, about 85% pure to about 90% pure, about 50% pure to about 85% pure, about 55% pure to about 85% pure, about 60% pure to about 85% pure, about 65% pure to about 85% pure, about 70% pure to about 85% pure, about 75% pure to about 85% pure, about 80% pure to about 85% pure, about 50% pure to about 80% pure, about 55% pure to about 80% pure, about 60% pure to about 80% pure, about 65% pure to about 85% pure, about
- a majority of cells means at least 50%, and depending on the embodiment may include at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or about 100% of cells.
- the degree of purity that may be achieved using the methods of the invention are particularly important where such cell populations are to be used in vivo for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes.
- the ability to obtain populations of high cellular purity avoids performing another manipulation such as an enrichment or selection step, which may result in unnecessary cell loss. This is particularly important where the cell population may be small or the cell number may be limited.
- the level of purity may be quantified by determining the proportion of cells in the preparation that express one or more markers, such as those markers of PRCs (including those markers identified in this application), relative to the total number of cells in the preparation, e.g., by detecting cells that do or do not express said one or more markers.
- markers indicative of non-PRC cells may also be detected, thereby facilitating detection and/or quantitation of said cells.
- Exemplary methods that may be utilized to detect and/or quantitate marker expression include, without limitation, flow cytometry, Fluorescence Activated Cell Sorting (FACS), immunohistochemistry, in situ hybridization, scRNAseq, immunofluorescence, single cell proteomics (e.g., via EC-MS), possibly single cell metabolomics, lipidomics, scPCR, and other suitable methods known in the art.
- purity of the composition may be determined by the percentage of viable cells present in the composition.
- Embryoid bodies refers to clumps or clusters of pluripotent cells (e.g., iPSC or ESC) which may be formed by culturing pluripotent cells under non-attached conditions, e.g., on a low-adherent substrate or in a “hanging drop.” In these cultures, pluripotent cells can form clumps or clusters of cells denominated as embryoid bodies. See Itskovitz-Eldor et al., Mol Med. 2000 February; 6(2) :88- 95, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- embryoid bodies initially form as solid clumps or clusters of pluripotent cells, and over time some of the embryoid bodies come to include fluid filled cavities, the former being referred to in the literature as “simple” EBs and the latter as “cystic” embryoid bodies.
- compositions of heterogeneous PRCs based on the ability of the disclosed methods to directly differentiate progenitor cells such as but not limited to pluripotent stem cells e.g., ESCs and iPSCs).
- progenitor cells such as but not limited to pluripotent stem cells e.g., ESCs and iPSCs.
- directed differentiation intends that the progenitor cell population differentiates into or towards a desired lineage, due in part to the factors or other stimuli provided to such progenitor cells, thereby avoiding differentiation into other undesired, and thus potentially contaminating, lineages.
- the methods provided herein drive differentiation of for example pluripotent stem cells to PRCs without generating embryoid bodies (EB).
- EB embryoid bodies
- EBs are three dimensional cell clusters that can form during differentiation of pluripotent stem cells including but not limited to embryonic stem (ES) cells and iPSCs, and that typically contain cells, including progenitors, of mesodermal, ectodermal and endodermal lineages.
- ES embryonic stem
- iPSCs embryonic stem cells
- the three dimensional nature of the EB may create a different environment, including different cellcell interactions and different cell-cell signaling, than occurs in the non-EB based methods described herein.
- cells within EBs may not all receive a similar dose of an exogenously added agent, such as a differentiation factor present in the surrounding medium, and this can result in various differentiation events and decisions during development of the EB.
- the PRC cell culture methods of the invention do not require and preferably avoid EB formation. Instead, these methods culture cells in conditions that provide the cells with equal contact with the surrounding medium, including factors in such medium.
- the PRCs may grow as a monolayer or near monolayer attached to a culture surface, e.g., adherent conditions.
- the culture methods disclosed herein provide that the PRCs are cultured in non-adherent or low adherent conditions, e.g., suspension.
- ES cell embryonic stem cell
- ESC embryonic stem cell
- This term includes cells derived from the inner cell mass of human blastocysts or morulae, including those that have been serially passaged as cell lines.
- the ES cells may be derived from fertilization of an egg cell with sperm, as well as using DNA, nuclear transfer, parthenogenesis, or by means to generate ES cells with homozygosity in the HLA region.
- ES cells are also cells derived from a zygote, blastomeres, or blastocyst-staged mammalian embryo produced by the fusion of a sperm and egg cell, nuclear transfer, parthenogenesis, androgenesis, or the reprogramming of chromatin and subsequent incorporation of the reprogrammed chromatin into a plasma membrane to produce a cell.
- Embryonic stem cells regardless of their source or the particular method used to produce them, can be identified based on (i) the ability to differentiate into cells of all three germ layers, (ii) expression of at least OCT 4 and alkaline phosphatase, and (iii) ability to produce teratomas when transplanted into immunodeficient animals.
- Embryonic stem cells that may be used in embodiments of the present invention include, but are not limited to, human ES cells (“ESC” or “hES cells”) such as MA01, MA09, ACT -4, No. 3, Hl, H7, H9, H14 and ACT30 embryonic stem cells. Additional exemplary cell lines include NED1, NED2, NED3, NED4, NED5, and NED7. See also NIH Human Embryonic Stem Cell Registry. An exemplary human embryonic stem cell line that may be used is MA09 cells. The isolation and preparation of MA09 cells was previously described in Klimanskaya, et al. (2006) “Human Embryonic Stem Cell lines Derived from Single Blastomeres.” Nature 444: 481-485. The human ES cells used in accordance with exemplary embodiments of the present invention may be derived and maintained in accordance with GMP standards.
- ES cells does not infer, and should not be inferred to mean, that the cells were generated through the destruction of an embryo.
- various methods are available and can be used to generate ES cells without destruction of an embryo, such as a human embryo.
- ES cells may be generated from single blastomeres derived from an embryo, in a manner similar to the extraction of blastomeres for pre -implantation genetic diagnosis (PGD). Examples of such cell lines include NED1, NED2, NED3, NED4, NED5, and NED7.
- PGD pre -implantation genetic diagnosis
- Examples of such cell lines include NED1, NED2, NED3, NED4, NED5, and NED7.
- An exemplary human embryonic stem cell line that may be used is MA09 cells. The isolation and preparation of MA09 cells was previously described in Klimanskaya, et al.
- pluripotent stem cells includes but is not limited to tissue-derived stem cells, embryonic stem cells, embryo- derived stem cells, induced pluripotent stem cells, and stimulus-triggered acquisition of pluripotency (STAP) cells, regardless of the method by which the pluripotent stem cells are derived.
- STAP pluripotency
- the term also includes pluripotent stem cells having the functional and phenotypic characteristics of the aforementioned cells, regardless of the method used to generate such cells.
- Pluripotent stem cells are defined functionally as stem cells that are: (a) capable of inducing teratomas when transplanted in immunodeficient (SCID) mice; (b) capable of differentiating to cell types of all three germ layers (e.g., can differentiate to ectodermal, mesodermal, and endodermal cell types); (c) express one or more markers of embryonic stem cells (e.g., express OCT4, alkaline phosphatase, SSEA-3 surface antigen, SSEA-4 surface antigen, Nanog, TRA-1-60, TRA-1-81, SOX2, REXI, etc.) and d) are capable of self-renewal.
- SCID immunodeficient
- pluripotent stem cells express one or more markers selected from the group consisting of: OCT4, alkaline phosphatase, SSEA-3, SSEA-4, TRA-1-60, and TRA-1-81.
- exemplary pluripotent stem cells include embryonic stem cells derived from the ICM of blastocyst stage embryos, as well as embryonic stem cells derived from one or more blastomeres of a cleavage stage or morula stage embryo (optionally without destroying the remainder of the embryo).
- pluripotent stem cells include induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs) generated by reprogramming a somatic cell by expressing a combination of factors (herein referred to as reprogramming factors).
- the iPSCs can be generated using fetal, postnatal, newborn, juvenile, or adult somatic cells.
- the term “pluripotent stem cells”, “PS cells”, or “PSCs” includes embryonic stem cells, induced pluripotent stem cells, and embryo-derived pluripotent stem cells, regardless of the method by which the pluripotent stem cells are derived.
- embryonic stem cells and induced pluripotent stem cells are a type of pluripotent stem cells that are able to form cells from each of the three germs layers: the ectoderm, the mesoderm, and the endoderm.
- Pluripotency is a continuum of developmental potencies ranging from the incompletely or partially pluripotent cell which is unable to give rise to a complete organism to the more primitive, more pluripotent cell, which is able to give rise to a complete organism (e.g., an embryonic stem cell).
- Exemplary pluripotent stem cells can be generated using, for example, methods known in the art.
- pluripotent stem cells include, but are not limited to, embryonic stem cells derived from the inner cell mass of blastocyst stage embryos, embryonic stem cells derived from one or more blastomeres of a cleavage stage or morula stage embryo (optionally without destroying the remainder of the embryo), induced pluripotent stem cells produced by reprogramming of somatic cells into a pluripotent state, and pluripotent cells produced from embryonic germ (EG) cells (e.g., by culturing in the presence of FGF-2, EIF and SCF).
- embryonic stem cells can be generated from embryonic material produced by fertilization or by asexual means, including somatic cell nuclear transfer (SCNT), parthenogenesis, and androgenesis.
- SCNT somatic cell nuclear transfer
- factors that can be used to reprogram somatic cells to pluripotent stem cells include, for example, a combination of OCT 4 (sometimes referred to as OCT 3/4), SOX2, c-Myc, and KEF4.
- factors that can be used to reprogram somatic cells to pluripotent stem cells include, for example, a combination of OCT 4, SOX2, Nanog, and Ein28.
- at least two reprogramming factors are expressed in a somatic cell to successfully reprogram the somatic cell.
- at least three reprogramming factors are expressed in a somatic cell to successfully reprogram the somatic cell.
- At least four reprogramming factors are expressed in a somatic cell to successfully reprogram the somatic cell.
- additional reprogramming factors are identified and used alone or in combination with one or more known reprogramming factors to reprogram a somatic cell to a pluripotent stem cell.
- Induced pluripotent stem cells are defined functionally and include cells that are reprogrammed using any of a variety of methods (integrative vectors, non-integrative vectors, chemical means, etc.).
- Pluripotent stem cells may be genetically modified or otherwise modified to increase longevity, potency, homing, to prevent or reduce alloimmune responses or to deliver a desired factor via cells that are differentiated from such pluripotent cells (for example, photoreceptor rescue cells, photoreceptor progenitor cells, rods, cones, etc. and other cell types described herein, e.g., in the examples).
- pluripotent stem cells may be genetically engineered or otherwise modified, for example, to increase longevity, potency, homing, to prevent or reduce immune responses, or to deliver a desired factor in cells that are obtained from such pluripotent cells (for example, photoreceptor rescue cells or cells present in a composition of photoreceptor rescue cells).
- the pluripotent stem cell and therefore, the resulting differentiated cell can be engineered or otherwise modified to lack or have reduced expression of beta 2 microglobulin, class I genes including HEA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-E, HLA-F and HLA-G, TAPI, TAP2, Tapasin, CTIIA, RFX5, TRAC, or TRAB genes.
- beta 2 microglobulin, class I genes including HEA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-E, HLA-F and HLA-G, TAPI, TAP2, Tapasin, CTIIA, RFX5, TRAC, or TRAB genes.
- the cell such as a pluripotent stem cell and the resulting differentiated cell such as a photoreceptor rescue cell or cells present in a composition of photoreceptor rescue cells, comprises a genetically engineered disruption in a beta-2 microglobulin (B2M) gene.
- the cell further comprises a polynucleotide capable of encoding a single chain fusion human leukocyte antigen (HLA) class I protein comprising at least a portion of the B2M protein covalently linked, either directly or via a linker sequence, to at least a portion of an HLA-la chain.
- HLA human leukocyte antigen
- the HLA-la chain is selected from HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-E, HLA-F, and HLA-G.
- the cell comprises a genetically engineered disruption in a human leukocyte antigen (HLA) class Il-related gene.
- HLA human leukocyte antigen
- the HLA class Il-related gene is selected from regulatory factor X- associated ankyrin-containing protein (RFXANK), regulatory factor 5 (RFX5), regulatory factor X associated protein (RFXAP), class II transactivator (CIITA), HLA -DPA (a chain), HLA-DPB (P chain), HLA-DQA, HLA-DQB, HLA-DRA, HLA-DRB, HLA-DMA, HLA-DMB, HLA-DOA, and HLA-DOB.
- the cell comprises one or more polynucleotides encoding a single chain fusion HLA class II protein or an HLA class II protein.
- the cell further comprises one or more factors selected from the group consisting of: CD200, CD24, PD-L 1, HLAG or H2-M3, Cd47, FASLG or Fasl, Ccl21 or Ccl21b, Mfge8, Serpin B9 or Spi6 or DUX4.
- “Induced pluripotent stem cells” can be produced by protein transduction of reprogramming factors in a somatic cell.
- at least two reprogramming proteins are transduced into a somatic cell to successfully reprogram the somatic cell.
- at least three reprogramming proteins are transduced into a somatic cell to successfully reprogram the somatic cell.
- at least four reprogramming proteins are transduced into a somatic cell to successfully reprogram the somatic cell.
- the pluripotent stem cells can be from any species. Embryonic stem cells have been successfully derived from, for example, mice, multiple species of non-human primates, and humans, and embryonic stem-like cells have been generated from numerous additional species. Thus, one of skill in the art can generate embryonic stem cells and embryo-derived stem cells from any species, including but not limited to, human, non-human primates, rodents (mice, rats), ungulates (cows, sheep, etc.), dogs (domestic and wild dogs), cats (domestic and wild cats such as lions, tigers, cheetahs), rabbits, hamsters, gerbils, squirrel, guinea pig, goats, elephants, panda (including giant panda), pigs, raccoon, horse, zebra, marine mammals (dolphin, whales, etc.) and the like. In certain embodiments, the species is an endangered species. In certain embodiments, the species is a currently extinct species.
- iPS cells can be from any species. These iPS cells have been successfully generated using mouse and human cells. Furthermore, iPS cells have been successfully generated using embryonic, fetal, newborn, and adult tissue. Accordingly, one can readily generate iPS cells using a donor cell from any species.
- the species is an endangered species.
- the species is a currently extinct species.
- Induced pluripotent stem cells can be generated using, as a starting point, virtually any somatic cell of any developmental stage.
- the cell can be from an embryo, placenta, fetus, neonate, juvenile, or adult donor.
- somatic cells that can be used include fibroblasts, such as dermal fibroblasts obtained by a skin sample or biopsy, synoviocytes from synovial tissue, foreskin cells, cheek cells, or lung fibroblasts.
- the somatic cells are placenta cells.
- skin and cheek provide a readily available and easily attainable source of appropriate cells, virtually any cell can be used.
- the somatic cell is not a fibroblast.
- the somatic cell is from placenta.
- the induced pluripotent stem cell may be produced by expressing or inducing the expression of one or more reprogramming factors in a somatic cell.
- the somatic cell may be a fibroblast, such as a dermal fibroblast, synovial fibroblast, or lung fibroblast, or a non-fibroblastic somatic cell.
- the somatic cell may be reprogrammed through causing expression of (such as through viral transduction, integrating or non-integrating vectors, etc.) and/or contact with (e.g., using protein transduction domains, electroporation, microinjection, cationic amphiphiles, fusion with lipid bilayers containing, detergent permeabilization, etc.) at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 reprogramming factors.
- the reprogramming factors may be selected from OCT 3/4, SOX2, NANOG, LIN28, C-MYC, and KLF4. Expression of the reprogramming factors may be induced by contacting the somatic cells with at least one agent, such as a small organic molecule agent, that induces expression of reprogramming factors.
- pluripotent stem cells include induced pluripotent stem cells generated by reprogramming a somatic cell by expressing or inducing expression of a combination of factors (“reprogramming factors”).
- iPS cells may be obtained from a cell bank. The making of iPS cells may be an initial step in the production of differentiated cells.
- iPS cells may be specifically generated using material from a particular patient or matched donor with the goal of generating tissue-matched photoreceptor rescue cells.
- iPSCs can be produced from cells that are not substantially immunogenic in an intended recipient, e.g., produced from autologous cells or from cells histocompatible to an intended recipient.
- the somatic cell may also be reprogrammed using a combinatorial approach wherein the reprogramming factor is expressed (e.g., using a viral vector, plasmid, and the like) and the expression of the reprogramming factor is induced e.g., using a small organic molecule.)
- reprogramming factors may be expressed in the somatic cell by infection using a viral vector, such as a retroviral vector or a lentiviral vector.
- reprogramming factors may be expressed in the somatic cell using a non-integrative vector, such as an episomal plasmid. See, e.g., Yu et al., Science.
- the factors may be expressed in the cells using electroporation, transfection, or transformation of the somatic cells with the vectors.
- the factors may be expressed in the cells using electroporation, transfection, or transformation of the somatic cells with the vectors.
- the factors may be expressed in the cells using electroporation, transfection, or transformation of the somatic cells with the vectors.
- OCT3/4, SOX2, C-MYC, and KEF4 are factors using integrative viral vectors.
- expression of four factors (OCT3/4, S0X2, NANOG, and LIN28) using integrative viral vectors is sufficient to reprogram a somatic cell.
- the cells may be cultured. Over time, cells with ES characteristics appear in the culture dish. The cells may be chosen and subcultured based on, for example, ES morphology, or based on expression of a selectable or detectable marker. The cells may be cultured to produce a culture of cells that resemble ES cells.
- the cells may be tested in one or more assays of pluripotency.
- the cells may be tested for expression of ES cell markers; the cells may be evaluated for ability to produce teratomas when transplanted into SCID mice; the cells may be evaluated for ability to differentiate to produce cell types of all three germ layers.
- a pluripotent iPSC Once a pluripotent iPSC is obtained it may be used to produce cell types disclosed herein, e.g., photoreceptor rescue cells.
- STAP pluripotency
- stem cell refers to a master cell that can reproduce indefinitely to form the specialized cells of tissues and organs.
- a stem cell is a developmentally pluripotent or multipotent cell.
- a stem cell can divide to produce two daughter stem cells, or one daughter stem cell and one progenitor (“transit”) cell, which then proliferates into the tissue's mature, fully formed cells.
- the term “adult stem cell” refers to a stem cell which is isolated from a tissue or organ (e.g., bone marrow stem cells, cord blood stem cells and adipose stem cells) of an animal e.g., human) at a stage of growth later than the embryonic stage.
- the stem cells of the invention may be isolated at the post-natal stage.
- the cells may be isolated preferably from a mammal, such as a human.
- Adult stem cells are unlike embryonic stem cells, which are defined by their origin, the inner cell mass of the blastocyst.
- Adult stem cells according to the invention may be isolated from any non-embryonic tissue, and will include neonates, juveniles, adolescents and adult patients.
- the stem cell of the present invention will be isolated from a non-neonate mammal, and more preferably from a non-neonate human. These adult stem cells are characterized in that, in their undifferentiated state, they express telomerase, and they do not show gap junctional intercellular communication (GJIC) and do not have a transformed phenotype.
- GJIC gap junctional intercellular communication
- “Signs” of disease refers broadly to any abnormality indicative of disease, discoverable on examination of the patient; an objective indication of disease, in contrast to a symptom, which is a subjective indication of disease.
- Symptoms of disease refers broadly to any morbid phenomenon or departure from the normal in structure, function, or sensation, experienced by the patient and indicative of disease.
- “Therapy,” “therapeutic,” “treating,” “treat” or “treatment”, as used herein, refers broadly to treating a disease, arresting or reducing the development of the disease or its clinical symptoms, and/or relieving the disease, causing regression of the disease or its clinical symptoms.
- Therapy encompasses prophylaxis, prevention, treatment, cure, remedy, reduction, alleviation, and/or providing relief from a disease, signs, and/or symptoms of a disease. Therapy encompasses an alleviation of signs and/or symptoms in patients with ongoing disease signs and/or symptoms.
- Prophylaxis includes preventing disease occurring subsequent to treatment of a disease in a patient or reducing the incidence or severity of the disease in a patient.
- the term “reduced”, for purpose of therapy, refers broadly to the clinically significant reduction in signs and/or symptoms.
- Therapy includes treating relapses or recurrent signs and/or symptoms.
- Therapy encompasses but is not limited to precluding the appearance of signs and/or symptoms anytime as well as reducing existing signs and/or symptoms and eliminating existing signs and/or symptoms.
- Therapy includes treating chronic disease (“maintenance”) and acute disease. For example, treatment includes treating or preventing relapses or the recurrence of signs and/or symptoms.
- Conditions to be treated according to the invention and thus using one or more of the preparations provided herein include but are not limited macular degeneration including age-related macular degeneration, and such macular degeneration may be early or late stage.
- Other conditions to be treated include but are not limited to retinitis pigmentosa, retinal dysplasia, retinal degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, age related macular degeneration (e.g. wet or dry), geographic atrophy secondary to AMD, congenital retinal dystrophy, rod dystrophy, cone dystrophy, cone-rod dystrophy, Leber congenital amaurosis, Stargardt disease, retinal detachment, glaucoma, optic neuropathy, and trauma that affects the eye.
- the photoreceptor rescue cell composition comprising a plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells exhibit unique marker profiles that distinguishes them from naturally occurring cells.
- the composition of the invention are characterized by expression of F0XG1, MAP2, STMN2, DCX, LINC00461, NEUR0D2, GAD1, NFIA, or a combination thereof.
- the plurality of photoreceptor rescue cells in the composition of the invention are characterized by the cumulative expression of F0XG1, MAP2, STMN2, DCX, LINC00461, NEUR0D2, GAD1, and NFIA.
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention are characterized by the expression of F0XG1 and/or MAP2. In some embodiments, the plurality of photoreceptor rescue cells in the composition of the invention are characterized by the cumulative expression of F0XG1 and MAP2.
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention include inhibitory neurons and are, thus, characterized by the expression of DLX5, TUBB3, SCGN, ERBB4, CALB2, or a combination thereof.
- the plurality of photoreceptor rescue cells in the composition of the invention are characterized by the cumulative expression of DLX5, TUBB3, SCGN, ERBB4, and CALB2.
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention include excitatory neurons and are, thus, characterized by the expression of NEUR0D2, NEUR0D6, SLA, NELL2, SATB2, or a combination thereof.
- the plurality of photoreceptor rescue cells in the composition of the invention are characterized by the cumulative expression of NEUR0D2, NEUR0D6, SLA, NELL2, and SATB2.
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention include progenitors and are, thus, characterized by the expression of VIM, MKI67, CLU, GLI3, or a combination thereof.
- the plurality of photoreceptor rescue cells in the composition of the invention are characterized by the cumulative expression of VIM, MKI67, CLU, and GLI3.
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention include astrocytes and are, thus, characterized by the expression of GFAP, LUCAT1, MIR99AHG, FBXL7, or a combination thereof.
- the plurality of photoreceptor rescue cells in the composition of the invention are characterized by the cumulative expression of GFAP, LUCAT1, MIR99AHG, and FBXL7.
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention include alternative neurons and are, thus, characterized by the expression of MEIS2, PBX3, GRIA2, CACNA1C, or a combination thereof.
- the plurality of photoreceptor rescue cells in the composition of the invention are characterized by the cumulative expression of MEIS2, PBX3, GRIA2, and CACNA1C.
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention are characterized by the expression of eye field progenitor markers selected from the group consisting of PAX6, LHX2, SIX3, NES, SOX2, or a combination thereof.
- the plurality of photoreceptor rescue cells in the composition of the invention are characterized by the cumulative expression of PAX6, LHX2, SIX3, NES, and SOX2.
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention are substantially free of cells that express eye field progenitor markers RAX, SIX6, and/or TBX3.
- the plurality of photoreceptor rescue cells in the composition of the invention are characterized by little to no cumulative expression of RAX, SIX6, and TBX3.
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention are characterized by the expression of rod/ cone photoreceptor markers selected from the group consisting of ASCL1, RORB, NR2E3, NRL, or a combination thereof.
- the plurality of photoreceptor rescue cells in the composition of the invention are characterized by the cumulative expression of ASCL1, RORB, NR2E3, and NRL.
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention are characterized by the expression of neuron markers selected from the group consisting of TUBB3, NFIA, NFIB, OTX2, ELAVL3, ELAVL4, SLC1A2, SLC1A3, HCN1, HES5, or a combination thereof.
- the plurality of photoreceptor rescue cells in the composition of the invention are characterized by the cumulative expression of TUBB3, NFIA, NFIB, OTX2, ELAVL3, ELAVL4, SLC1A2, SLC1A3, HCN1, and HES5.
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention are substantially free of cells that express CRX, RHO, OPN1SW, PDE6B, RCVRN, ARR3, CNGB1, GNAT1, GNAT2, or a combination thereof.
- the plurality of photoreceptor rescue cells in the composition of the invention are characterized by little to no cumulative expression of CRX, RHO, OPN1SW, PDE6B, RCVRN, ARR3, CNGB1, GNAT1, AND GNAT2.
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention are substantially free of cells that express VSX2, POU5F1, or a combination thereof.
- the plurality of photoreceptor rescue cells in the composition of the invention are characterized by little to no cumulative expression of VSX2 and POU5F1.
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention are substantially free of cells that express OCT4, SSEA4, or a combination thereof.
- the plurality of photoreceptor rescue cells in the composition of the invention are characterized by little to no cumulative expression of OCT4 and SSEA4.
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention are characterized by the expression of AGT, ACBLN2, CDH7, DNAH11, EGR1, FAM216B, FOS, KCNC2, LGI2, LOC221946, LRRC4C, MAP3kl9, OLFM3, PRND, PTGER3, RELN, TCERGIL, TSHR, UNC13C, TRb2, PDE6B, CNGbl, Tujl, CHX10, Nestin, TRbeta2, MASH1, RORbeta, MAP2, ELAVL3, NFIA, DCX, LHX2, SLC1A2, ELAVL4, PAX6, EMX2, ASCL1, DLL1, NFIB, ENOXI, TUBB3, MAP2, DCLK1/2, DCX, KALRN, LINC00461, Clorf61, NCAM1, SETBP1, PAK3, AKAP6, RTN1, CRMP1, FOXG1, TRI
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention are characterized by assessing expression of cell marker in comparison to expression in pluripotent stem cells, e.g., iPSCs or embryo-derived PSCs.
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention are characterized by the decreased expression of FAM216B, FOS, KCNC2, LGI2, LOC221946, LRRC4c, MAP3kl9, OLFM3, PRND, PTGER3, RELN, TCERGIL, TSHR, UNC13C, and SSEA4 in comparison to pluripotent stem cells, e.g., iPSCs or embryo-derived PSCs.
- the cells in the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the invention are characterized by the increased expression of AGT, ACBLN2, DCH7, DNA11, and EGR1 in comparison to ESCs or iPSCs.
- the markers are generally human, e.g., except where the context indicates otherwise.
- the cell markers can be identified using conventional immunocytochemical methods, conventional PCR methods, Transcriptomic analyses including RNAseq, quantitative real-time PCR, flow cytometry, FACS, scRNAseq, bulk RNAseq, single cell or bulk qRT-PCR, immunocytochemistry, immunofluorescence, single cell or bulk proteomics (eg, via LC-MS), possibly metabolomics, lipidomics, and other suitable methods known in the art.
- scRNAseq refers to single cell RNA sequencing.
- scRNAseq provides data to cluster single cells of a population of cells based on expression of gene markers.
- scRNAseq provides data to determine percentage of single cells in a population, e.g., population of PRC cells, that express gene marker(s).
- Mapped sequence data for scRNAseq is filtered for quality control metrics, run through dimensional reduction for visualization, and clustered using a shared nearest neighbor method with the Louvain algorithm. From there, differential expression is conducted on the clusters, and the most strongly differentially expressed genes are compared between the clusters and several published data sources.
- RNAseq refers to RNA sequencing analysis of a population of cells. Bulk RNAseq provided transcripts per million (TPM), where for every 1,000,000 RNA molecules in the RNA-seq sample, an amount came from the gene of interest.
- TPM transcripts per million
- the cells are stored, proliferated or differentiated in various cell culture media.
- Rescue induction medium is utilized for differentiation of a stem cell into early- stage neuronal progenitor cells.
- the rescue induction medium may comprise D-glucose, N2 supplement (e.g. 0.1-5%), B27 supplement e.g., 0.005 to 0.2%), MEM non-essential amino acids solution and optionally including insulin and/or Noggin, and may be in a DMEM/F12 (Invitrogen) or similar base medium.
- the rescue induction medium may include at least insulin. Additionally, the insulin concentration may be varied or increased which may promote cell survival and/or yield of differentiated cells.
- the insulin concentration may be varied across a range and survival and/or differentiation monitored in order to identify an insulin concentration which improves either or both of these attributes.
- the addition of Noggin is believed not to be necessary but was observed to increase the expression of neuronal progenitor-associated transcription factors.
- the methods described herein may use human factors such as human Noggin, human insulin, and the like.
- Noggin is a secreted bone morphogenetic protein (BMP) inhibitor that reportedly binds BMP2, BMP4, and BMP7 with high affinity to block TGFP family activity.
- SB431542 is a small molecule that reportedly inhibits TGFp/Activin/Nodal by blocking phosphorylation of ACTRIB, TGFpRl, and ACTRIC receptors. SB431542 is thought to destabilize the Activin- and Nanog- mediated pluripotency network as well as suppress BMP induced trophoblast, mesoderm, and endodermal cell fates by blocking endogenous Activin and BMP signals.
- agents having one or more of the aforementioned activities could replace or augment the functions of one or both of Noggin and SB431542, e.g., as they are used in the context of the disclosed methods.
- the protein Noggin and/or the small molecule SB4312542 could be replaced or augmented by one or more inhibitors that affect any or all of the following three target areas: 1) preventing the binding of the ligand (e.g., bone morphogenetic proteins (BMPs), such as BMP2, BMP4, BMP5, BMP6, BMP7, BMP13, and BMP14) to the receptor e.g., bone morphogenetic protein receptors; 2) blocking activation of receptor (e.g., dorsomorphin), and 3) inhibition of SMAD intracellular proteins/transcription factors.
- BMPs bone morphogenetic proteins
- Exemplary potentially suitable factors include the natural secreted BMP inhibitors Chordin (which blocks BMP4) and Follistatin (which blocks Activin), as well as analogs or mimetics thereof. Additional exemplary factors that may mimic the effect of Noggin include use of dominant negative receptors or blocking antibodies that would sequester BMP2, BMP4, and/or BMP7. Additionally, with respect to blocking receptor phosphorylation, dorsomorphin (or Compound C) has been reported to have similar effects on stem cells.
- Inhibition of SMAD proteins may also be effected using soluble inhibitors such as SIS3 (6,7- Dimethoxy-2-((2E)-3-(l -methyl-2-phenyl-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl-prop-2-enoyl))-l, 2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinoline, Specific Inhibitor of Smad3, SIS3), overexpression of one or more of the inhibitor SMADs (e.g., SMAD6, SMAD7, SMAD10) or RNAi for one of the receptor SMADs (SMAD1, SMAD2, SMAD3, SMAD5, SMAD8/9).
- soluble inhibitors such as SIS3 (6,7- Dimethoxy-2-((2E)-3-(l -methyl-2-phenyl-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl-prop-2-enoyl))-l, 2,3,4
- Another combination of factors expected to be suitable for generating neural progenitors comprises a cocktail of Leukemia Inhibitory Factor (LIF), GSK3 inhibitor (CHIR 99021), Compound E (y secretase inhibitor XXI) and the TGFP inhibitor SB431542 which has been previously shown to be efficacious for generating neural crest stem cells (Li et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2011 May 17; 108(20):8299-304).
- Additional exemplary factors may include derivatives of SB431542, e.g., molecules that include one or more added or different substituents, analogous functional groups, etc. and that have a similar inhibitory effect on one or more SMAD proteins.
- Suitable factors or combinations of factors may be identified, for example, by contacting pluripotent cells with said factor(s) and monitoring for adoption of early-stage neuronal progenitor phenotypes, such as characteristic gene expression (including expression of the markers described herein, expression of a reporter gene coupled to an early-stage neuronal progenitor promoter, or the like) or the ability to form a cell type disclosed herein such as early stage neuronal progenitor cells, late-stage neuronal progenitor cells, retinal neural progenitor cells, photoreceptor progenitors, rod progenitors, cones, rods and/or photoreceptor rescue cells.
- characteristic gene expression including expression of the markers described herein, expression of a reporter gene coupled to an early-stage neuronal progenitor promoter, or the like
- a cell type disclosed herein such as early stage neuronal progenitor cells, late-stage neuronal progenitor cells, retinal neural progenitor cells, photoreceptor progen
- the cells are treated with or cultured in a rescue induction medium prior to culture with a neural differentiation medium (NDM).
- NDM may be utilized to promote further maturation of early-stage neural progenitors cells.
- a neural differentiation medium is utilized to promote the differentiation and development of early-stage neuronal progenitor cells.
- the neural differentiation medium may comprise D-glucose, penicillin, streptomycin, GlutaMAXTM, N2 supplement, B27 supplement, MEM non-essential amino acids solution and optionally including Noggin.
- the neural differentiation medium may also be utilized for differentiation and maturation of early-stage neuronal progenitor cells with transcriptional signatures of excitatory or inhibitory neurons, and neurons or “photoreceptor rescue cells”, but without the inclusion of Noggin.
- Noggin is not needed once PSCs and PSC subpopulations are no longer present in the maturing cell product.
- the neural differentiation medium constituents are as follows: N2: 1% (1 ml of N2 per 100 ml), B27: 2% (2 ml of B27 per 100 ml), and Noggin: 50 ng/ml.
- ESCs Embryonic Stem Cells
- iPS Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells
- the ESCs, or Adult Stem Cells or iPS cells utilized herein may be propagated on a feeder-free system, such as in MatrigelTM (a soluble preparation from Engelbreth-Holm-Swarm (EHS) mouse sarcoma cells) or another matrix.
- MatrigelTM a soluble preparation from Engelbreth-Holm-Swarm (EHS) mouse sarcoma cells
- EHS Engelbreth-Holm-Swarm
- said pluripotent cells may be cultured on a matrix which may be selected from the group consisting of laminin (e.g., laminin-111, laminin- 211, laminin-121, laminin-221, laminin-332/laminin-3A32, laminin-3B32, laminin-311/laminin- 3A11, laminin-321/laminin-3A21, laminin-411, laminin-421, laminin-511 (e.g., iMatrixTM-511), laminin-521, laminin-213, laminin-432, laminin-522, laminin-532, and/or laminin fragments), fibronectin, vitronectin, proteoglycan, entactin, collagen, collagen I, collagen IV, collagen VIII, heparan sulfate, MatrigelTM (a soluble preparation from Engelbreth-Holm-Swarm (EHS) mouse sarcoma cells),
- laminin
- Said matrix may comprise, consist of, or consist essentially of MatrigelTM (a soluble preparation from Engelbreth-Holm-Swarm (EHS) mouse sarcoma cells).
- the stem cells do not form embryoid bodies in culture, which is an improvement over the prior art.
- stem cells for example ESCs, or iPSCs differentiate into photoreceptor rescue cells in the presence of Noggin.
- stem cells can differentiate into all of the specialized embryonic tissues.
- stem cells and progenitor cells act as a repair system for the body, replenishing specialized cells, but also maintain the normal turnover of regenerative organs, such as blood, skin or intestinal tissues.
- Pluripotent stem cells such as human embryonic stem cells (ESCs) and induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSC) are capable of long-term proliferation in vitro, while retaining the potential to differentiate into all cell types of the body, including photoreceptor rescue cells. Thus these cells could potentially provide an unlimited supply of patient-specific functional photoreceptor rescue cells for both drug development and transplantation therapies.
- the differentiation of pluripotent stem cells to photoreceptor rescue cells in vitro may involve the addition of different growth factors at different stages of differentiation and may require about 10-30 days of differentiation (see e.g. Figure 12).
- Pluripotent stem cells with their unlimited proliferation ability, provide an advantage over somatic cells as the starting cell population for production of photoreceptor rescue cells.
- Pluripotent stem cells e.g., embryonic stem (ES) cells or iPS cells
- the pluripotent stem cell may be human pluripotent stem cells (hPSCs).
- Pluripotent stem cells (PSCs) may be cultured in any way known in the art, such as in the presence or absence of feeder cells. Additionally, PSCs produced using any method can be used as the starting material to produce photoreceptor rescue cells.
- the hES cells may be derived from blastocyst stage embryos that were the product of in vitro fertilization of egg and sperm.
- the hES cells may be derived from one or more blastomeres removed from an early cleavage stage embryo, optionally, without destroying the remainder of the embryo.
- the hES cells may be produced using nuclear transfer.
- iPSCs may be used.
- previously cryopreserved PSCs may be used.
- PSCs that have never been cryopreserved may be used.
- PSCs are plated onto an extracellular matrix under feeder or feeder-free conditions.
- the PSCs can be cultured on an extracellular matrix, including, but not limited to, laminin, fibronectin, vitronectin, Matrigel, CellStart, collagen, or gelatin.
- the extracellular matrix is laminin with or without e-cadherin.
- laminin may be selected from the group comprising laminin 521, laminin 511, or iMatrix511.
- the feeder cells are human feeder cells, such as human dermal fibroblasts (HDF). In other embodiments, the feeder cells are mouse embryo fibroblasts (MEF).
- the media used when culturing the PSCs may be selected from any media appropriate for culturing PSCs.
- any media that is capable of supporting PSC cultures may be used.
- one of skill in the art may select amongst commercially available or proprietary media.
- the medium that supports pluripotency may be any such medium known in the art.
- the medium that supports pluripotency is NutristemTM.
- the medium that supports pluripotency is TeSRTM.
- the medium that supports pluripotency is StemFitTM.
- the medium that supports pluripotency is KnockoutTM DMEM (Gibco), which may be supplemented with KnockoutTM Serum Replacement (Gibco), LIF, bFGF, or any other factors.
- KnockoutTM DMEM Gibco
- KnockoutTM Serum Replacement Gibco
- LIF KnockoutTM Serum Replacement
- bFGF bFGF
- bFGF may be supplemented at a low concentration (e.g., 4ng/mL). In another embodiment, bFGF may be supplemented at a higher concentration (e.g., 100 ng/mL), which may prime the PSCs for differentiation.
- the concentration of PSCs to be used in the production method of the present invention is not particularly limited.
- 1X10 4 -1X10 8 cells per dish preferably 5xl0 4 -5xl0 6 cells per dish, more preferably 1X10 5 -1X10 7 cells per dish are used.
- 1X10 4 -1X10 8 cells per vessel preferably 5xl0 4 -5xl0 6 cells per vessel or 1.5xl0 6 -2.2xl0 6 cells per vessel, more preferably 1X10 5 -1X10 7 cells per vessel are used.
- 1X10 4 -1X10 8 cells per flask preferably 5xl0 4 - 5xl0 6 cells per flask or 4.3xl0 5 -6.2xl0 6 cells per flask, more preferably 1X10 5 -1X10 7 cells per flask are used.
- hESCs are expanded using target seed densities of 3xl0 3 and 6xl0 3 cells/cm 2 .
- hESCs are expanded preferably using 6-well plates (3xl0 4 -6xl0 4 cells per vessel, e.g., 2xl0 4 - 7xl0 4 cells per vessel) or in T75 flasks (2xl0 5 - 5xl0 5 cells per vessel, e.g., IxlO 5 and 6xl0 5 cells per vessel).
- a CellSTACK® vessel or T175 flask is used to expand hESCs.
- hESCs are seeded to start the differentiation process towards PRCs.
- the target seeding density is 3,000 cells/cm 2 . This target density is approximately 1.5xl0 6 - 2.2xl0 6 cells per CellSTACK® vessel, and 4.3xl0 5 - 6.2xl0 6 cells per T175 flask.
- the PSCs are plated with a cell density of about 1,000-100,000 cells/cm 2 . In some embodiments, the PSCs are plated with a cell density of about 5000 - 100,000 cells/cm 2 , about 5000 - 50,000 cells/cm 2 , or about 5000 - 15,000 cells/cm 2 . In other embodiments, the PSCs are plated at a density of about 10,000 cells/cm 2 .
- the medium that supports pluripotency e.g., StemFitTM or other similar medium
- a differentiation medium to differentiate the cells into photoreceptor rescue cells.
- replacement of the media from the medium that supports pluripotency to a differentiation medium may be performed at different time points during the cell culture of PSCs and may also depend on the initial plating density of the PSCs.
- replacement of the media can be performed after 2-14 days of culture of the PSCs in the pluripotency medium.
- replacement of the media may be performed at day 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20.
- the stem cells useful for the method described herein include but are not limited to embryonic stem cells, induced pluripotent stem cells, mesenchymal stem cells, bone- marrow derived stem cells, hematopoietic stem cells, chondrocyte progenitor cells, epidermal stem cells, gastrointestinal stem cells, neural stem cells, hepatic stem cells, adipose-derived mesenchymal stem cells, pancreatic progenitor cells, hair follicular stem cells, endothelial progenitor cells and smooth muscle progenitor cells.
- the stem cells used for the method described herein are isolated from umbilical cord, placenta, amniotic fluid, chorion villi, blastocysts, bone marrow, adipose tissue, brain, peripheral blood, the gastrointestinal tract, cord blood, blood vessels, skeletal muscle, skin, liver and menstrual blood.
- transdifferentiation i.e., the direct conversion of one somatic cell type into another, e.g., deriving photoreceptor rescue cells from other somatic cells.
- somatic cells may be limited in supply, especially those from living donors.
- somatic cells may be immortalized by introduction of immortalizing genes or proteins, such as hTERT and/or other oncogenes.
- the immortalization of cells may be reversible (e.g., using removable expression cassettes) or inducible e.g., using inducible promoters).
- Somatic cells in certain aspects of the invention may be primary cells (non-immortalized cells), such as those freshly isolated from an animal, or may be derived from a cell line (immortalized cells).
- the cells may be maintained in cell culture following their isolation from a subject.
- the cells are passaged once or more than once (e.g., between 2-5, 5-10, 10-20, 20-50, 50-100 times, or more) prior to their use in a method of the invention.
- the cells will have been passaged no more than 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, or 50 times prior to their use in a method of the invention.
- somatic cells used or described herein may be native somatic cells, or engineered somatic cells, i.e., somatic cells which have been genetically altered.
- Somatic cells of the present invention are typically mammalian cells, such as, for example, human cells, primate cells or mouse cells. They may be obtained by well-known methods and can be obtained from any organ or tissue containing live somatic cells, e.g., blood, bone marrow, skin, lung, pancreas, liver, stomach, intestine, heart, reproductive organs, bladder, kidney, urethra and other urinary organs, etc.
- Mammalian somatic cells useful in the present invention include, but are not limited to, Sertoli cells, endothelial cells, granulosa epithelial cells, neurons, pancreatic islet cells, epidermal cells, epithelial cells, hepatocytes, hair follicle cells, keratinocytes, hematopoietic cells, melanocytes, chondrocytes, lymphocytes (B and T lymphocytes), erythrocytes, macrophages, monocytes, mononuclear cells, cardiac muscle cells, and other muscle cells, etc.
- Methods described herein may be used to program one or more somatic cells, e.g., colonies or populations of somatic cells into photoreceptor rescue cells.
- a population of cells of the present invention is substantially uniform in that at least 90% of the cells display a phenotype or characteristic of interest.
- at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.8%, 99.9, 99.95% or more of the cells display a phenotype or characteristic of interest.
- the somatic cells have the capacity to divide, i.e., the somatic cells are not post-mitotic.
- Somatic cells may be partially or completely differentiated. As described herein, both partially differentiated somatic cells and fully differentiated somatic cells can be differentiated to produce photoreceptor rescue cells.
- the PRCs may be differentiated from the pluripotent stem cells (e.g., ESCs or iPSCs in the absence of Noggin and in neural differentiation medium).
- the PRCs are FOXG1(+) and MAP2(+) as determined by flow cytometry. In one embodiment, 60%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% of the PRCs are FOXG1(+) and MAP2(+).
- the PRCs can also be STMN2 (+), DCX(+), EINC00461 (+), NEUROD2(+), GAD1(+), and/or NFIA(+).
- PRCs can also be SSEA4(-) and/or OCT4 (-) as determined by flow cytometry.
- the cells may be grown as spheres or neurospheres e.g., on low attachment plates or optionally on hanging drop cultures, in a low-gravity environment, aggrewells, or other suitable culture condition).
- hESCs or pluripotent cells are expanded prior to PRC differentiation. Expansion of hESCs or pluripotent cells can be performed using a culture chamber (e.g., culture dish, a culture flask , e.g., iMatrix-coated culture T75 flasks, or a culture vessel, e.g., TC-coated CellSTACK®).
- a culture chamber e.g., culture dish, a culture flask , e.g., iMatrix-coated culture T75 flasks, or a culture vessel, e.g., TC-coated CellSTACK®.
- the expansion of hESCs or pluripotent cells includes hESCs or pluripotent cells being thawed at day -10, counted and seeded on culture vessels coated with iMatrix (Laminin-511 , Matrixome) and cultured with StemFitTM medium (Ajinomoto) supplemented with 100 ng/mL bFGF (Peprotech) and 10 pM ROCK inhibitor (Y-27632; Fuji film/ Wako) under feeder-free conditions. After four days of daily medium changes (StemFit+bFGF without ROCK inhibitor), hESCs or pluripotent cells are harvested using Cell Dissociation Buffer (Gibco) and reseeded using the above culture conditions.
- iMatrix Laminin-511 , Matrixome
- StemFitTM medium Ajinomoto
- bFGF Peprotech
- 10 pM ROCK inhibitor Y-27632; Fuji film/ Wako
- hESCs are harvested as above, percent viability and a viable cell count are obtained, and hESCs are seeded at 3,000 cells/cm 2 for PRC differentiation on a culture chamber (e.g., culture dish, a culture flask , e.g., iMatrix-coated culture T75 flasks, or a culture vessel, e.g., TC-coated CellSTACK®) in StemFit+bFGF medium supplemented with ROCK inhibitor (Y-27632).
- a culture chamber e.g., culture dish, a culture flask , e.g., iMatrix-coated culture T75 flasks, or a culture vessel, e.g., TC-coated CellSTACK®
- ROCK inhibitor Y-27632
- mice are fed with (1) Day -1 - StemFit + bFGF (without ROCK inhibitor); (2) Day 0 to day 3 (daily) - Rescue Induction Medium (RIM: DMEM/F12 + B27 + N2 + Non-essential amino acids (all from Gibco) + glucose (Sigma) + Insulin (Akron Biotech) + Noggin (Gibco)); and (3) Day 4 to day 19 (every 2-3 days) — Neural Differentiation Medium Plus Noggin (NDM+: Neurobasal Medium + B27 + N2 + Non-essential amino acids + glucose + glutamax (Gibco) + Noggin).
- RIM DMEM/F12 + B27 + N2 + Non-essential amino acids (all from Gibco) + glucose (Sigma) + Insulin (Akron Biotech) + Noggin (Gibco)
- Day 4 to day 19 — Neural Differentiation Medium Plus Noggin (NDM+: Neurobasal Medium + B27 + N2 + Non
- cultures are “lifted” into suspension culture (2D to 3D) through incubation with a combination of Liberase and Thermolysin enzymes (Roche Custom Labs) and seeded on a culture chamber (e.g., culture dish, a culture flask , e.g., ultra-low attachment T75 flasks, or a culture vessel, e.g., ultra-low attachment CellSTACK®).
- a culture chamber e.g., culture dish, a culture flask , e.g., ultra-low attachment T75 flasks, or a culture vessel, e.g., ultra-low attachment CellSTACK®.
- NDM minus Noggin NDM minus Noggin (NDM-) to allow for the formation of neural spheroids (“spheres”).
- spheres in suspension are seeded (3D to 2D) onto culture vessels coated with poly-D-lysine (Advanced Biomatrix), viral inactivated human fibronectin (Akron Biotech) and laminin-521 (Biolamina) to start Passage 0 (POdO), and cultured under 2D conditions for 14 days (until P0dl4) using NDM- (feeding every 2-3 days).
- poly-D-lysine Advanced Biomatrix
- viral inactivated human fibronectin Akron Biotech
- laminin-521 Biolamina
- the cells in the composition are expanded by growing in culture, adherent conditions and then low-adherent conditions.
- the repeat of culturing in adherent and then low-adherence conditions are performed at least 1 time, at least 2 times, at least 3 times, at least 4 times, at least 5 times, or at least 6 times.
- the cells in the composition are harvested after the third repeat of culturing in adherent and then low-adherence conditions, after the fourth repeat of culturing in adherent and then low-adherence conditions, or after the fifth repeat of culturing in adherent and then low-adherence conditions. [396]
- the cells in the composition are harvested after the fifth repeat of culturing in adherent and then low-adherence conditions.
- the harvested cells in the composition are cryopreserved.
- the suspension culture to adherent culture (2D to 3D) are grown in a culture dish, a culture flask, or a culture vessel.
- the culture vessel is a CellSTACK® vessel from Corning.
- the CellSTACK® is treated with low adherence or adherent coating.
- the cells are cultured in low-adherence conditions and the CellSTACK® is coated in an Ultra-Low Attachment coating.
- the cells are cultured in adherent conditions and the CellSTACK® is coated in TC-treated coating.
- vials of CS are thawed in a water bath at 37°C, resuspended in NDM- and transferred to ultra-low attachment T75 flasks and cultured in 3D suspension for 2-3 days, followed by re -plating onto T75 flasks coated with poly-D- lysine/fibronectin/laminin-521 and culture under 2D conditions for 14 days with NDM- to complete Passage 4.
- cells are harvested using Accutase, resuspended with NDM-, triturated and filtered through a 40pm cell strainer to obtain a single cell suspension that constitutes the PRC composition of the invention, which can be subsequently formulated with cryopreservative agents.
- PRC manufacturing protocol can be altered to allow for scaling up.
- the flasks used can be changed from T75 flasks to T225 flasks or cell stacks (e.g., Corning® CellSTACK®).
- the PRC manufacturing protocol can include an intermediary cryopreservation step at any one or more of between P0 and Pl, between Pl and P2, between P2 and P3, and/or between P3 and P4.
- the PRC manufacturing protocol can exclude an intermediary cryopreservation step.
- the intermediary cryopreservation step can include 5% DMSO instead of 10% DMSO.
- the intermediary cryopreservation step can include about 1% DMSO, about 2% DMSO, about 3% DMSO, about 4% DMSO, about 5% DMSO, about 6% DMSO, about 7% DMSO, about 8% DMSO, about 9% DMSO, about 10% DMSO, about 11% DMSO, about 12% DMSO, about 14% DMSO, or about 15% DMSO.
- the intermediary cryopreservation step can include the cryopreservative formulation, as described herein.
- the PRC manufacturing protocol can include thermolysin and liberase at D19 and accutase followed by an overnight culture with Rock inhibitor.
- the lifted cells or cell clusters can be seeded in AggrewellsTM to allow for uniformly sized spheroids to develop.
- cultures are “lifted” into suspension culture (2D to 3D) through incubation with Accutase (Innovative Cell Technologies) and seeded on ultra-low attachment T75 flasks using NDM minus Noggin (NDM-) medium supplemented with Y-27632 (ROCK inhibitor, Fujifilm Wako).
- the growth medium is replaced with Y-27632-free NDM- and 3D cultures are maintained for additional 2-3 days using NDM- to allow for the formation of neural spheroids (“spheres”).
- spheres in suspension are seeded (3D to 2D) onto culture vessels coated with poly-D-lysine (Advanced Biomatrix), viral inactivated human fibronectin (Akron Biotech) and laminin-521 (Biolamina) to start Passage 0 (POdO), and cultured under 2D conditions for 14 days (until P0dl4) using NDM- (feeding every 2-3 days).
- 2D to 3D to 2D transitions are repeated three times (through Pl, P2 and P3, 3-4 days in 3D and 14 days in 2D culture) until P3dl4 is reached after 90 days of differentiation.
- P3dl4 cultures are harvested using Accutase (Innovative Cell Technologies) and cultured in ultra-low attachment T75 flasks for 24 hours. Then, P3-spheres are cryopreserved by resuspending in Cryostor CS10 (Stemcell Technologies) and freezing to -80°C, and then transferred to the vapor phase of liquid nitrogen for storage. The cryopreserved P3 spheres are called Cell Stock (CS).
- Cryostor CS10 Stem Technologies
- the PRC manufacturing protocol uses Aggrewells. According to this method, day 19, cultures are “lifted” into suspension culture (2D to 3D) through incubation with Accutase (Innovative Cell Technologies) and seeded on Aggrewell plates (Stemcell Technologies) using NDM minus Noggin (NDM-) medium supplemented with Y-27632 (ROCK inhibitor, Fujifilm Wako) to allow for the formation of neural spheroids (“spheres”). After 24 hours, cells are harvested from Aggrewell plates and transferred to ultra-low attachment T75 flasks where 3D cultures are maintained for an additional 2-3 days using Y-27632-free NDM-.
- spheres in suspension are seeded (3D to 2D) onto culture vessels coated with poly-D-lysine (Advanced Biomatrix), viral inactivated human fibronectin (Akron Biotech) and laminin-521 (Biolamina) to start Passage 0 (POdO), and cultured under 2D conditions for 14 days (until P0dl4) using NDM- (feeding every 2-3 days).
- 2D to 3D to 2D transitions are repeated three times (through Pl, P2 and P3, 3-4 days in 3D and 14 days in 2D culture) until P3dl4 is reached after 90 days of differentiation.
- P3dl4 cultures are harvested using Accutase (Innovative Cell Technologies) and cultured in ultra-low attachment T75 flasks for 24 hours. Then, P3-spheres are cryopreserved by resuspending in Cryostor CS10 (Stemcell Technologies) and freezing to -80°C, and then transferred to the vapor phase of liquid nitrogen for storage. The cryopreserved P3 spheres are called Cell Stock (CS).
- the PRC composition can be pretreated with sucrose, for example at D14 and P4, before being formulated with cryoprotective agents.
- cryopreservation step of the final PRC preparation can include poloxamer 188, a nonionic block linear copolymer and/or sucrose.
- the present invention also provides extracellular vesicles secreted from photoreceptor rescue cells and their use in methods of treating an eye disease in a subject.
- the present invention also provides extracellular vesicles isolated, derived, secreted, or released from a cell, e.g., the photoreceptor rescue cells of the present invention.
- extracellular vesicle or “EV” refers to lipid bound vesicles secreted by cells into the extracellular space.
- the three main subtypes of EVs are micro vesicles (MVs), exosomes, and apoptotic bodies, which are differentiated based upon their biogenesis, release pathways, size, content, and function (Zaborowski M.P., et al. Bioscience. 2015;65:783-797).
- extracellular vesicles range in diameter from 20 nm to 5000 nm, and can comprise various macromolecular payload either within the internal space (i.e., lumen), displayed on the external surface of the extracellular vesicle, and/or spanning the membrane.
- Said payload can comprise nucleic acids, e.g., microRNAs (miRNA), long non-coding RNAs (IncRNA), mRNAs, DNA fragments; proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, small molecules, and/or combinations thereof.
- extracellular vesicles include apoptotic bodies, fragments of cells, vesicles derived/secreted from cells by direct or indirect manipulation (e.g., by serial extrusion or treatment with alkaline solutions), vesiculated organelles, and vesicles produced by living cells (e.g., by direct plasma membrane budding or fusion of the late endosome with the plasma membrane).
- Extracellular vesicles can be derived/secreted from a living or dead organism, explanted tissues or organs, prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells, and/or cultured cells.
- exosome refers to a cell-derived small vesicle comprising a membrane that encloses an internal space (i.e., lumen), and which is formed from said cell by direct plasma membrane budding or by fusion of the late endosome with the plasma membrane (Yanez-M6 M., et al. J. Extracell. Vesicles. 2015;4:27066). Specifically, exosomes are involved in protein sorting, recycling, storage, transport, and release. Exosome are generally between 20-300 nm in diameter.
- Exosomes are secreted by all cell types and have been found in plasma, urine, semen, saliva, bronchial fluid, cerebral spinal fluid (CSF), breast milk, serum, amniotic fluid, synovial fluid, tears, lymph, bile, and gastric acid.
- CSF cerebral spinal fluid
- Exosomes have been found to participate in cell-cell communication, cell maintenance, and tumor progression. In addition, exosomes have been found to stimulate immune responses by acting as antigen-presenting vesicles (Bobrie A., et al., Traffic. 2077;12:1659-1668). In the nervous system, exosomes haven been found to help promote myelin formation, neurite growth, and neuronal survival, thus playing a role in tissue repair and regeneration (Faure J., et al. Mol. Cell. Neurosci. 2006;31:642-648).
- exosomes in the central nervous system have been found to contain pathogenic proteins, such as beta amyloid peptide, superoxide dismutase, and alpha synuclein that may aid in disease progression (Fevrier B., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 2004;101:9683-9688). Exosomes have also been shown as carriers for disease markers. The use of exosomes as carriers of biomarkers is ideal because these vesicles are found in bodily fluids, such as blood and urine, which allows for minimally to non-invasive “liquid biopsy” type methods to diagnose and even monitor a patient’s response to treatment.
- exosomes can be loaded with different cargos, e.g., drugs and exogenous nucleic acids or proteins, and deliver this cargo to different cells.
- the cargo can be conjugated to an extracellular vesicle, embedded within an extracellular vesicle, encapsulated within an extracellular vesicle, or otherwise carried by an extracellular vesicle, or any combination thereof.
- a reference to a cargo being “present” in an extracellular vesicle or its lumen is understood to include any of the foregoing means of carrying the cargo.
- a cargo can be an endogenous cargo, an exogenous cargo, or a combination thereof.
- nucleic acid molecules
- exosomes are natural carriers for miRNAs and other non-coding RNAs, and the direct membrane fusion with the target cell allows contents to be delivered directly into the cytosol. This makes exosomes an excellent delivery system for small molecules (Lai R.C., et al. Biotechnol. Adv. 2013;31:543-551).
- Microvesicles are EVs that form by direct outward budding, or pinching, of the cell’s plasma membrane.
- the size of microvesicles typically range from 100 nm up to 1000 nm in diameter.
- the route of microvesicle formation is not well understood, however, it is thought to require cytoskeleton components, such as actin and microtubules, along with molecular motors (kinesins and myosins), and fusion machinery (SNAREs and tethering factors) (Cai H., et al. Dev. Cell.
- microvesicles are involved in cell-cell communication between local and distant cells.
- the ability of these EVs to alter the recipient cell has been well demonstrated (Harding CN.,et al. J. Cell Biol. 2013;200:367-371; White I.J., et al., EMBO J. 2006;25: 1-12).
- the uniqueness of EVs is that they have the ability to package active cargo (proteins, nucleic acids, and lipids) and deliver it to another cell, neighboring or distant, and alter the recipient cell’ s functions with its delivery.
- Apoptotic bodies are released by dying cells into the extracellular space. They are reported to range in size from 50 nm up to 5000 nm in diameter, with the size of most apoptotic bodies tending to be on the larger side (Borges F., et al. Braz.. J. Med. Biol. Res. 2013;46:824-830). These bodies form by a separation of the cell’s plasma membrane from the cytoskeleton as a result of increased hydrostatic pressure after the cell contracts (Wickman G., et al. Cell Death Differ.
- composition of apoptotic bodies is in direct contrast with exosomes and microvesicles. Unlike exosomes and microvesicles, apoptotic bodies contain intact organelles, chromatin, and small amounts of glycosylated proteins (Borges F., et al., Braz. J. Med. Biol. Res. 2013;46:824-830; Thery C., et al. J. Immunol. 2001;166:7309-7318).
- the EVs of the invention can be isolated, secreted, derived, or separated, from a medium or other source material, e.g., the photoreceptor rescue cells of the present invention, using routine methods known in the art (see, for example the techniques described in Taylor et al., Serum/Plasma Proteomics, Chapter 15, “Extracellular vesicle Isolation for Proteomic Analyses and RNA Profiling,” Springer Science, 2011; and Tauro et al., Methods 56 (2012) 293-304, and references cited therein) and as described in the Examples section below.
- the most commonly used method involves multiple centrifugation and ultracentrifugation steps.
- Physical properties of EVs may be employed for EV isolation, purification or enrichment, including separation on the basis of electrical charge (e.g., electrophoretic separation), size (e.g., filtration, molecular sieving, etc), density (e.g., regular or gradient centrifugation), Svedberg constant (e.g., sedimentation with or without external force, etc).
- electrical charge e.g., electrophoretic separation
- size e.g., filtration, molecular sieving, etc
- density e.g., regular or gradient centrifugation
- Svedberg constant e.g., sedimentation with or without external force, etc.
- isolation may be based on one or more biological properties, and include methods that may employ surface markers (e.g., for precipitation, reversible binding to solid phase, FACS separation, specific ligand binding, non-specific ligand binding, immuno-magnetic capture of EVs using magnetic beads coated with antibodies directed against proteins exposed on EV membranes, etc.).
- volume-excluding polymers such as PEG
- ExoQuick System Biosciences, Mountain View, USA
- Total Exosome Isolation Reagent Life Technologies, Carlsbad, USA
- isolation, purification, and enrichment can be done in a general and non-selective manner (typically including serial centrifugation).
- isolation, purification, and enrichment can be done in a more specific and selective manner (e.g., using producer cell-specific surface markers).
- specific surface markers may be used in immunoprecipitation, FACS sorting, affinity purification, or bead-bound ligands for magnetic separation.
- tangential flow filtration may be used to isolate or purify the EVs.
- size exclusion chromatography can be utilized to isolate or purify the EVs. Size exclusion chromatography techniques are known in the art. In some embodiments, density gradient centrifugation can be utilized to isolate the EVs . In some embodiments, the isolation of EVs may involve ion chromatography, such as anion exchange, cation exchange, or mixed mode chromatography. In some embodiments, the isolation of EVs may involve desalting, dialysis, tangential flow filtration, ultrafiltration, or diafiltration, or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the isolation of EVs may involve combinations of methods that include, but are not limited to, differential centrifugation, size-based membrane filtration, concentration and/or rate zonal centrifugation.
- the isolation of EVs may involve one or more centrifugation steps.
- the centrifugation may be performed at about 50,000 to 150,000xg.
- the centrifugation may be performed at about 50,000xg, 75,000xg, 100,000xg, 125,000xg, or 150,000xg.
- EVs are separated from nonmembranous particles, using their relatively low buoyant density (Raposo et al., 1996; Escola et al., 1998; van Niel et al., 2003; Wubbolts et al., 2003). Kits for such isolation are commercially available, for example, from Qiagen, InVitrogen and SBI. Methods for loading EVs with a therapeutic agent are known in the art and include lipofection, electroporation, as well as any standard transfection method.
- the present invention provides methods for screening various agents that modulate the differentiation of a retinal progenitor cell. It could also be used to discover therapeutic agents that support and/or rescue mature photoreceptors that are generated in culture from retinal progenitor cells.
- an “agent” is intended to include, but not be limited to, a biological or chemical compound such as a simple or complex organic or inorganic molecule, a peptide, a protein (e.g. antibody), a polynucleotide e.g. anti-sense) or a ribozyme.
- a vast array of compounds can be synthesized, for example polymers, such as polypeptides and polynucleotides, and synthetic organic compounds based on various core structures, and these are also included in the term “agent.”
- various natural sources can provide compounds for screening, such as plant or animal extracts, and the like. It should be understood, although not always explicitly stated, that the agent is used alone or in combination with another agent, having the same or different biological activity as the agents identified by the inventive screen.
- an isolated population of cells can be obtained as described herein.
- the agent is a composition other than a DNA or RNA, such as a small molecule as described above
- the agent can be directly added to the cells or added to culture medium for addition.
- an “effective” amount must be added which can be empirically determined.
- the agent is a polynucleotide
- it can be directly added by use of a gene gun or electroporation.
- it can be inserted into the cell using a gene delivery vehicle or other method as described above. Positive and negative controls can be assayed to confirm the purported activity of the drug or other agent.
- a biocompatible support for the cells can be a biodegradable polyester film support for photoreceptor rescue cells.
- the biodegradable polyester can be any biodegradable polyester suitable for use as a substrate or scaffold.
- the polyester should be capable of forming a thin film, preferably a micro-textured film, and should be biodegradable if used for tissue or cell transplantation.
- Suitable biodegradable polyesters for use in the invention include polylactic acid (PLA), polylactides, polyhydroxy alkanoates, both homopolymers and co-polymers, such as polyhydoxybutyrate (PHB), polyhydroxybutyrate co-hydroxyvalerate (PHBV), polyhydroxybutyrate co-hydroxyhexanote (PHBHx), polyhydroxybutyrate co-hydroxyoctonoate (PHBO) and polyhydroxybutyrate co- hydroxyoctadecanoate (PHBOd), polycaprolactone (PCL), polyesteramide (PEA), aliphatic copolyesters, such as polybutylene succinate (PBS) and polybutylene succinate/adipate (PBSA), aromatic copolyesters. Both high and low molecular weight polyesters, substituted and unsubstituted polyester, block, branched or random, and polyester mixtures and blends can be used.
- the biodegradable polyester is polycaprolactone (PCL).
- the biocompatible support is a poly(p-xylylene) polymer, such as parylene N, parylene D, parylene-C, parylene AF-4, parylene SF, parylene HT, parylene VT-4 and Parylene CF, and most preferably parylene-C.
- the polymeric support can typically be formed into a thin film using known techniques.
- the film thickness is advantageously from about 1 micron to about 50 microns, and preferably about 5 microns in thickness.
- the surface of the film can be smooth, or the film surface can be partially or completely micro-textured. Suitable surface textures include micro-grooves or micro-posts, for instance.
- the film can be cut and shaped to form a suitable shape for implantation.
- the photoreceptor rescue cells can be plated directly onto the film to form a biocompatible scaffold.
- the polymer film can be coated with a suitable coating material such as poly- D-lysine, poly-L-lysine, fibronectin, laminin (e.g., laminin-111, laminin-211, laminin-121, laminin- 221, laminin-332/laminin-3A32, laminin-3B32, laminin-311/laminin-3Al l, laminin-321/laminin- 3A21, laminin-411, laminin-421, laminin-511 (e.g., iMatrixTM-511), laminin-521, laminin-213, laminin-432, laminin-522, laminin-532, and/or laminin fragments), collagen I, collagen IV, vitronectin and MatrigelTM.
- the cells can be plated to any desired density, but a single layer of PRC cells (a PRC monolayer) is preferred.
- the photoreceptor rescue cells may be administered together with other cell types, including other retinal cell types such as but not limited to retinal ganglion cells, retinal ganglion progenitor cells, retinal pigment epithelium (RPE) cells or RPE progenitors.
- the photoreceptor rescue cells may be administered with one or any combination of these different cell types, e.g., corneal endothelial cells.
- the cells may be administered on a matrix or scaffold or membrane, as described above, or they may be administered as cell aggregates, or they may be administered as a dissociated cell suspension.
- the cells may be administered on top of a monolayer of RPE cells, which itself may or may not be situated on a matrix or substrate.
- the cells to be administered may all be derived from in vitro differentiation of hES cells or iPS cells or in some instances they may derive or be obtained from other sources. Certain cells may be derived from in vitro differentiation of hES cells or iPS cells and other cells may derive or be obtained from other sources.
- the photoreceptor rescue cells are derived from in vitro differentiation of pluripotent stem cells such as hES cells or iPS cells. Any of these various cell combinations may be administered conjointly with other therapeutic agents such as those described herein.
- the photoreceptor rescue cells can be administered via a device, for example a syringe, the Oxulumis Illuminated Suprachoroidal Microcatheter (Oxular), P0D3 Gold (Oxular), Oxuspheres (Oxular), SCS microinjector (Clearside Biomedical), Orbit SDS (Gyroscope), via an implant, via a cell seeded substrate or an implantable membrane, either alone or in combination with another cell type, for example retinal pigment epithelial cells.
- a device for example a syringe, the Oxulumis Illuminated Suprachoroidal Microcatheter (Oxular), P0D3 Gold (Oxular), Oxuspheres (Oxular), SCS microinjector (Clearside Biomedical), Orbit SDS (Gyroscope), via an implant, via a cell seeded substrate or an implantable membrane, either alone or in combination with another cell type, for example retinal pigment epithelial cells.
- This invention also provides methods for improving the activity/function of photoreceptor cells in a patient in need of this treatment comprising administering a pharmaceutical preparation including the plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells of the present invention, derived therefrom or a combination thereof, to a patient.
- the pharmaceutical preparation can be a suspension of cells or cells which are formed into transplantable tissue in vitro or on a substrate. In many instances, the cells will be administered to the sub-retinal space of a diseased or degenerated retina or the suprachoroidal space.
- the cells can be administered locally but outside of the retina (such as in the vitreous), suprachoroidally, or by depot or systemic delivery to other parts of the body.
- photoreceptor rescue cells of the invention could be administered via a patch or other implantable device wherein a population of cells secrete neuroprotective factors.
- such device could be reloaded with photoreceptor cells for repeated administration to improve longevity of the therapeutic effect.
- the pharmaceutical preparations of the present invention can be used in a wide range of diseases and disorders that result in visual system deterioration, including retinal degeneration-related disease.
- diseases and disorders may be caused by aging, such that there appears to be an absence of an injury or disease that is identifiable as a substantial source of the deterioration.
- Skilled artisans will understand the established methods for diagnosing such disease states, and/or inspecting for known signs of such injuries.
- the literature is replete with information on age-related decline or deterioration in aspects of the visual systems of animals.
- the term “retinal degeneration- related disease” is intended to refer to any disease resulting from innate or postnatal retinal degeneration or abnormalities.
- retinal degeneration-related diseases include retinal dysplasia, retinal degeneration, aged macular degeneration (wet or dry), geographic atrophy secondary to AMD, diabetic retinopathy, retinitis pigmentosa, congenital retinal dystrophy, Leber congenital amaurosis, Stargardt disease, retinal detachment, glaucoma, optic neuropathy, and trauma.
- the deterioration of the visual system components can be caused by injury, for example trauma to the visual system itself (e.g., an eye), to the head or brain, or the body more generally.
- Certain such injuries are known to be age- related injuries, i.e., their likelihood, or frequency increases with age. Examples of such injuries include retinal tears, macular holes, epiretinal membrane, and retinal detachments, each of which might occur in an animal of any age, but which are more likely to occur, or occur with greater frequency in aging animals, including otherwise healthy aging animals.
- the deterioration of the visual system or components thereof also can be caused by disease. Included among the diseases are various age-related diseases that impact the visual system. Such diseases occur with greater likelihood and/or frequency in older animals than in the young. Examples of diseases which may affect the visual system, including for example the neurosensory retinal layers, and cause deterioration thereof are various forms of retinitis, optic neuritis, macular degeneration (wet or dry), geographic atrophy secondary to AMD, proliferative or nonproliferative diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema, progressive retinal atrophy, progressive retinal degeneration, sudden acquired retinal degeneration, immune-mediated retinopathy, retinal dysplasia, chorioretinitis, retinal ischemia, retinal hemorrhage (preretinal, intraretinal and/or subretinal), hypertensive retinopathy, retinal inflammation, retinal edema, retinoblastoma, or retinitis pigmento
- Some of the foregoing diseases tend to be specific to certain animals such as companion animals, e.g., dogs and/or cats. Some of the diseases are listed generically, i.e., there may be many types of retinitis, or retinal hemorrhage; thus some of the disease are not caused by one specific etiologic agent, but are more descriptive of the type of disease or the result. Many of the diseases that can cause decline or deterioration of one or more components of the visual system can have both primary and secondary or more remote effects on an animal's visual system.
- the pharmaceutical preparations of the present invention may be used to compensate for a lack of or a diminution of photoreceptor cell function.
- the cells of the invention including the photoreceptor rescue cells, can be used as a cell replacement therapy in subjects that have lost photoreceptor function, in whole or in part.
- Such subjects if human may have eyesight characterized as 20/60 or worse, including 20/80 or worse, or 20/100 or worse, or 20/120 or worse, or 20/140 or worse, or 20/160 or worse, or 20/180 or worse, or 20/200 or worse.
- this disclosure contemplates treatment of subjects having some level of visual acuity as well as those having no discernable visual acuity.
- the photoreceptor rescue cells of this disclosure may be characterized by their ability to reconstitute some level of visual acuity in animal models such as mouse models.
- suitable animal models may be those having a visual impairment that manifests as an optomotor response that is 10% or less, 20% or less, 30% or less, 40% or less, or 50% or less than wild type response.
- Optomotor responses may be measured using assays such as described in the Examples. After transplantation of the photoreceptor rescue cells of the invention, such optomotor responses will increase, preferably by a statistically significant amount, as shown in the Examples.
- composition comprising a plurality of heterogeneous photoreceptor rescue cells described herein for the purpose of preventing, in whole or in part, disease progression, or improving vision in the recipient, or some combination thereof.
- the extent to which either mechanism contributes to the improved outcome will depend on the extent of retinal degeneration in the recipient.
- the photoreceptor rescue cell compositions of the invention are administered to a subject who possesses functional photoreceptors remaining at the time of administration to preserve/protect.
- the target patient population are subjects with intermediate stage disease.
- the subjects do not have substantial or near complete loss of photoreceptors.
- retinal dysfunction examples include but are not limited to: partial or complete photoreceptor degeneration (as occurs in, e.g., retinitis pigmentosa, cone dystrophies, cone-rod and/or rod-cone dystrophies, and macular degeneration); retinal detachment and retinal trauma; photic lesions caused by laser or sunlight; a macular hole; a macular edema; night blindness and color blindness; ischemic retinopathy as caused by diabetes or vascular occlusion; retinopathy due to prematurity/premature birth; infectious conditions, such as, e.g., CMV retinitis and toxoplasmosis; inflammatory conditions, such as the uveitidies; tumors, such as retinoblastoma and ocular melanoma; and for the replacement of inner retinal neurons, which are: partial or complete photoreceptor degeneration (as occurs in, e.g., retinitis pigmentos
- the photoreceptor rescue cells can treat or alleviate the symptoms of retinitis pigmentosa in a patient in need of the treatment.
- the cells can treat or alleviate the symptoms of macular degeneration, such as age-related macular degeneration (wet or dry), Stargardt disease, myopic macular degeneration or the like, in a patient in need of this treatment.
- the cells can be autologous or allogeneic to the patient.
- the cells of the invention can be administered in combination with other treatments.
- Retinitis pigmentosa refers to a heterogeneous group of hereditary eye disorders characterized by progressive vision loss due to a gradual degeneration of photoreceptors. An estimated 100,000 people in the United States have RP. Classification of this group of disorders under one rubric is based on the clinical features most commonly observed in these patients. The hallmarks of RP are night blindness and reduction of peripheral vision, narrowing of the retinal vessels, and the migration of pigment from disrupted retinal pigment epithelium into the retina, forming clumps of various sizes, often next to the retinal blood vessels.
- Inheritance patterns indicate that RP can be transmitted in X-linked (XLRP), autosomal dominant (ADRP), or recessive (ARRP) modes.
- XLRP X-linked
- ADRP autosomal dominant
- ARRP recessive
- the vision loss that is most critical to RP patients is due to the gradual degeneration of cones.
- the protein that the RP-causing mutation affects is not even expressed in the cones; the prime example is rhodopsin — the rod-specific visual pigment. Therefore, the loss of cones may be an indirect consequence of a rod-specific mutation.
- the ability to replace damaged photoreceptors provides an approach to the treatment of this disease.
- the subject is diagnosed as having RP, for example, by genotyping. Specifically, subjects are diagnosed as having RP based on the identification of mutations affecting RPE genes or photoreceptors prior to treatment. In specific embodiments, patients are vision-impaired, but not to the point where they have total blindness or No Light Perception (NLP) vision. Preferably, the subjects suitable for treatment have a Best Corrected Visual Acuity (BCVA) ranging from 20/50 (vision impaired) to 20/200 (legally blind, but not NLP). In other embodiments, the subjects suitable for treatment have vision worse than 20/200, but maintain light perception.
- BCVA Best Corrected Visual Acuity
- Age-related macular degeneration causes a progressive loss of central vision, and is the most common cause of vision loss in people over age 55.
- the underlying pathology is degeneration of the photoreceptors.
- Various studies have implicated hereditary factors, cardiovascular disease, environmental factors such as smoking and light exposure, and nutritional causes as contributing to the risk of developing AMD.
- RPE degeneration is accompanied by variable loss of both the overlying photoreceptors and the underlying choroidal perfusion.
- Visual acuity loss or visual field loss occurs when the RPE atrophies and results in secondary loss of the overlying photoreceptor cells that it supplies.
- the ability to replace RPE and/or photoreceptor cells provides a means of treating established AMD.
- AMD is diagnosed by fundus examination, and early/intermediate/late AMD is determined based on anatomical hallmarks of the disease stage that are observed on the fundus image.
- Intermediate AMD is defined by the presence of at least one large drusen (>125 um) and/or pigmentary abnormalities.
- AMD pigmentary abnormalities are defined as hyperpigmentation or hypopigmentation present within 2 disc diameters of the center of the macula in eyes with drusen >63 pm in diameter and without known retinal disease entities or other reasons for such abnormalities.
- Macular degeneration is broadly divided into two types.
- this complex contracts and leaves a distinct elevated scar at the posterior pole.
- These blood vessels leak fluid and blood into the retina and thus cause damage to the photoreceptors.
- Wet AMD tends to progress rapidly and can cause severe damage; rapid loss of central vision may occur over just a few months.
- Stargardt disease is inherited as an autosomal recessive. Patients are usually diagnosed under the age of 20. Although the progression of vision loss is variable, most of these patients are legally blind by age 50. Mutations that cause Stargardt disease have been identified in the ABCR gene, which codes for a protein that transports retinoids across the photoreceptor membrane.
- the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the present invention find use in the treatment of degenerative diseases.
- the cells are administered in a manner that permits them to graft or migrate to the intended retinal site, such as in the outer nucleated layer, and reconstitute or regenerate the functionally deficient area.
- the Examples demonstrate the ability of photoreceptor rescue cells disclosed herein to regenerate visual acuity in mouse models of blindness due to photoreceptor degeneration. Visual acuity in such mouse models may be assessed using optomotor responses (or optokinetic nystagmus responses).
- the disclosure provides a method of drug delivery, comprising administering the photoreceptor rescue cell composition described herein or produced by any method described herein to said patient, wherein said photoreceptor rescue cell composition deliver said drug.
- a method of drug delivery comprising administering the photoreceptor rescue cell composition described herein or produced by any method described herein to said patient, wherein said photoreceptor rescue cell composition deliver said drug.
- a wide range of drugs can be used.
- the engineered photoreceptor rescue cell composition may be prepared so that they include one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of drugs that act at synaptic and neuroeffector junctional sites; drugs that act on the central nervous system; drugs that modulate inflammatory responses such as anti-inflammatory agents including non-steroidal antiinflammatory agents; drugs that affect renal and/or cardiovascular function; drugs that affect gastrointestinal function; antibiotics; anti-viral agents, anti-neoplastic and anti-cancer agents; immunomodulatory agents; anesthetic, steroidal agent, antigen, vaccine, antibody, decongestant, antihypertensive, sedative, birth control agent, progestational agent, anti-cholinergic, analgesic, antidepressant, anti-psychotic, P-adrenergic blocking agent, diuretic, cardiovascular active agent, vasoactive agent, nutritional agent, drugs acting on the blood and/or the blood-forming organs; hormones; hormone antagonists; agents affecting calcification and bone turnover, vitamins, gene therapy agents; or other agents such as targeting agents
- the photoreceptor rescue cell composition may be prepared so that they include one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of drugs that act at synaptic and neuroeffector junctional sites (e.g., acetylcholine, methacholine, pilocarpine, atropine, scopolamine, physostigmine, succinylcholine, epinephrine, norepinephrine, dopamine, dobutamine, isoproterenol, albuterol, propranolol, serotonin); drugs that act on the central nervous system (e.g., clonazepam, diazepam, lorazepam, benzocaine, bupivacaine, lidocaine, tetracaine, ropivacaine, amitriptyline, fluoxetine, paroxetine, valproic acid, carbamazepine, bromocriptine, morphine, fentanyl,
- the photoreceptor rescue cell composition of the present invention can be engineered to include one or more therapeutic agents which are released or secreted by these cells either in a passive manner (diffuse out of the cells over time) or in an active manner (upon deliberate rupture or lysis of the cells).
- hESCs and/or hiPSCs may be genetically modified and used to produce photoreceptor rescue cells (PRCs) that express a desired agent for treatment of a disease.
- PRCs photoreceptor rescue cells
- MLPs multi-lymphoid progenitors
- Photoreceptor rescue cells produced from such genetically modified hESCs and hiPSCs, adult stem cells and multilymphoid progenitors (MLPs) may be used to deliver such antitumor agent to a tumor for the treatment of a neoplastic disease, including for example retinoblastoma.
- PRCs Photoreceptor rescue cells
- MLPs multilymphoid progenitors
- the photoreceptor rescue cells of the invention are produced by increasing expression of one or more transcription factor selected from the group consisting of: PAX6, F0XG1, HMGA1/2, 0TX2, ASCL1, POU3F2, NR2F1/2, NR6A1, MEIS2, NEUR0D6, HES5, ATF4/5 and RXRG.
- one or more transcription factor selected from the group consisting of: PAX6, F0XG1, HMGA1/2, 0TX2, ASCL1, POU3F2, NR2F1/2, NR6A1, MEIS2, NEUR0D6, HES5, ATF4/5 and RXRG.
- photoreceptor rescue cells are generated by increasing expression of one or more transcription factor selected from the group consisting of: PAX6, F0XG1, HMGA1/2, 0TX2, ASCL1, POU3F2, NR2F1/2, NR6A1, MEIS2, NEUR0D6, HES5, ATF4/5 and RXRG in pluripotent stem cells, early-stage neuronal progenitor cells or late-stage neuronal progenitor cell.
- transcription factor selected from the group consisting of: PAX6, F0XG1, HMGA1/2, 0TX2, ASCL1, POU3F2, NR2F1/2, NR6A1, MEIS2, NEUR0D6, HES5, ATF4/5 and RXRG in pluripotent stem cells, early-stage neuronal progenitor cells or late-stage neuronal progenitor cell.
- the photoreceptor rescue cells have been engineered to include one or more therapeutic agents, such as a small molecule drug, aptamer or other nucleic acid agent, or recombinant proteins.
- Genetically engineered photoreceptor rescue cells can also be used to target gene products to sites of degeneration. These gene products can include survival-promoting factors to rescue native degenerating neurons, factors that can act in an autocrine manner to promote survival and differentiation of grafted cells into site-specific neurons or to deliver neurotransmitter(s) to permit functional recovery.
- Ex vivo gene therapy e.g., recombinantly engineering the pluripotent stem cells, progenitor cells, early-stage neural progenitor cells, late stage neural progenitors or photoreceptor rescue cells, could be used effectively as a neuroprotective strategy to prevent retinal cell loss in RP (retinitis pigmentosa), AMD, and glaucoma and in diseases that cause retinal detachment, by the delivery of growth factors and neurotrophins such as FGF2, NGF, ciliary neurotrophic factor (CNTF), and brain derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), which factors have been shown to significantly slow the process of cell death in models of retinal degeneration.
- Therapy using PRCs engineered to synthesize a growth factor or a combination of growth factors can not only ensure sustained delivery of neuroprotectants, but may also reconstruct damaged retina.
- the photoreceptor rescue cells of the present invention thereof may be administered conjointly with one or more other therapeutic agents.
- the phrases “conjoint administration” and “administered conjointly” refer to any form of administration in combination of two or more different therapeutic entities such that the second agent is administered while the previously administered therapeutic agent (such as the cells) is still effective in the body (e.g., the two therapeutics are simultaneously effective in the patient, which may include synergistic effects of the two agents).
- the different therapeutic agents can be administered either in the same formulation, where the cells are amenable to co-formulation, or in a separate formulations, either concomitantly or sequentially.
- an individual who receives such treatment can benefit from a combined effect of transplanted cells and one or more different therapeutic agents.
- One or more angiogenesis inhibitors may be administered in combination (i.e., conjointly) with the preparations of cells, preferably in a therapeutically effective amount for the prevention or treatment of ocular disease, such as an angiogenesis-associated ocular disease.
- ocular diseases include macular degeneration (e.g., wet AMD or dry AMD), diabetic retinopathy, and choroidal neovascularization.
- angiogenesis inhibitors include VEGF antagonists, such as inhibitors of VEGF and/or a VEGF receptor (VEGFR, e.g., VEGFR1 (FLT1, FLT), VEGFR2 (KDR, FLK1, VEGFR, CD309), VEGFR3 (FLT4, PCL)), such as peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules, chemicals, or nucleic acids, e.g., pegaptanib sodium, aflibercept, bevasiranib, rapamycin, AGN-745, vitalanib, pazopanib, NT-502, NT-503, or PLG101, CPD791 (a di-Fab' polyethylene glycol (PEG) conjugate that inhibits VEGFR-2), anti- VEGF antibodies or functional fragments thereof (such as bevacizumab (AVASTIN®) or ranibizumab (LUCENTIS®)), or anti-VEGF receptor antibodies (such as IMC-1121(B) (a
- Additional exemplary inhibitors of VEGF activity include fragments or domains of VEGFR receptor, an example of which is VEGF-Trap (Aflibercept), a fusion protein of domain 2 of VEGFR- 1 and domain 3 of VEGFR-2 with the Fc fragment of IgGl.
- VEGFR inhibitor is AZD-2171 (Cediranib), which inhibits VEGF receptors 1 and 2.
- Additional exemplary VEGF antagonists include tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs), including TKIs that reportedly inhibit VEGFR-1 and/or VEGFR-2, such as sorafenib (Nexavar), SU5416 (Semaxinib), SU11248/Sunitinib (Sutent), and Vandetanib (ZD 6474).
- TKIs tyrosine kinase inhibitors
- TKIs that reportedly inhibit VEGFR-1 and/or VEGFR-2, such as sorafenib (Nexavar), SU5416 (Semaxinib), SU11248/Sunitinib (Sutent), and Vandetanib (ZD 6474).
- Additional exemplary VEGF antagonists include Ly317615 (Enzastaurin), which is thought to target a down-stream kinase involved in VEGFR signaling (protein kinase C).
- Additional exemplary angiogenesis inhibitors include inhibitors of alpha5betal integrin activity, including and anti-alpha5betal integrin antibodies or functional fragments thereof (such as volociximab), a peptide, peptidomimetic, small molecule, chemical or nucleic acid such as 3-(2- ⁇ l-alkyl-5-[(pyridine-2-ylamino)-methyl]-pyrrolidin-3-yloxy ⁇ - acetylamino)-2-(alkyl-amino)-propionic acid, (S)-2-[(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino-3-[7- benzyloxycarbonyl-8-(2-pyridinylaminomethyl)-l-oxa-2,7-diazaspiro-(4,4)-non-2-en-3- yl] carbonylamino propionic acid, EMD478761, or RC*D(ThioP)C* (
- Additional exemplary angiogenesis inhibitors include 2-methoxyestradiol, alphaVbeta3 inhibitors, Angiopoietin 2, angiostatic steroids and heparin, angiostatin, angiostatin-related molecules, anti-alpha5betal integrin antibodies, anti-cathepsin S antibodies, antithrombin III fragment, bevacizumab, calreticulin, canstatin, carboxyamidotriazole, Cartilage-Derived Angiogenesis Inhibitory Factor, CD Al, CM101, CXCL10, endostatin, IFN-a, IFN-P, IFN-y, IL-12, IL-18, IL -4, linomide, maspin, matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors, Meth-1, Meth-2, osteopontin, pegaptanib, platelet factor-4, prolactin, proliferin-related protein, prothrombin (kringle domain-2), ranibizumab, restin
- Said angiogenesis inhibitor is preferably in an amount sufficient to prevent or beat proliferative (neovascular) eye disease, such as choroidal neovascular membrane (CNV) associated with wet AMD and other diseases of the retina.
- proliferative (neovascular) eye disease such as choroidal neovascular membrane (CNV) associated with wet AMD and other diseases of the retina.
- Additional exemplary angiogenesis inhibitors include: Lenvatinib (E7080), Motesanib (AMG 706), Pazopanib (Votrient), and an IL-6 antagonist such as anti-IL-6 antibody.
- Additional exemplary angiogenesis inhibitors include fragments, mimetics, chimeras, fusions, analogs, and/or domains of any of the foregoing. Additional exemplary angiogenesis inhibitors include combinations of any of the foregoing.
- the photoreceptor rescue cell composition comprises an anti-VEGF antibody, e.g., bevacizumab, such as between about 0.1 mg to about 6.0 mg, e.g., about 1.25 mg and about 2.5 mg bevacizumab, per injection into the eye.
- the photoreceptor rescue cell composition comprises one or more inhibitors of VEGF activity and one or more inhibitors of alpha5betal integrin activity.
- One or more anti-inflammatory agents may be administered in combination with the photoreceptor rescue cell composition.
- exemplary anti-inflammatory agents include: glucocorticoids, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, cyclooxygenase (COX) enzyme inhibitors, aldosterone, beclometasone, betamethasone, corticosteroids, cortisol, cortisone acetate, deoxycorticosterone acetate, dexamethasone, fludrocortisone acetate, fluocinolone acetonide (e.g., ILUVIEN®), glucocorticoids, hydrocortisone, methylprednisolone, prednisolone, prednisone, steroids, and triamcinolone.
- glucocorticoids include: glucocorticoids, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, cycl
- One or more antioxidants, antioxidant cofactors, and/or other factors contributing to increased antioxidant activity may be administered in combination with the photoreceptor rescue cell composition, examples of which may include OT-551 (Othera), vitamin C, vitamin E, beta carotene, zinc e.g., zinc oxide), and/or copper (e.g., copper oxide).
- OT-551 Olera
- vitamin C vitamin E
- beta carotene zinc e.g., zinc oxide
- copper e.g., copper oxide
- One or more macular xanthophylls may be administered in combination with the photoreceptor rescue cell composition.
- One or more long-chain omega-3 fatty acids such as docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) and/or eicosapentaenoic acid (EP A)
- DHA docosahexaenoic acid
- EP A eicosapentaenoic acid
- One or more amyloid inhibitors such as fenretinide, Arc- 1905, Copaxone (glatiramer acetate, Teva), RN6G (PF-4382923, Pfizer) (a humanized monoclonal antibody versus ABeta40 and ABeta42), GSK933776 (GlaxoSmithKline) (anti-amyloid antibody), may be administered in combination with the photoreceptor rescue cell composition.
- One or more ciliary neurotrophic factor (CNTF) agonists may be administered in combination with the photoreceptor rescue cell composition.
- CNTF ciliary neurotrophic factor
- One or more inhibitors of RPE65 such as ACU-4429 (Aculea, Inc.) may be administered in combination with the photoreceptor rescue cell composition.
- One or more factors that target A2E and/or lipofuscin accumulation may be administered in combination with the photoreceptor rescue cell composition.
- One or more downregulators or inhibitors of photoreceptor function and/or metabolism may be administered in combination with the photoreceptor rescue cell composition.
- One or more a2-adrenergic receptor agonists such as Brimonidine tartrate, may be administered in combination with the photoreceptor rescue cell composition.
- One or more selective serotonin 1A agonists such as Tandospirone (AL-8309B), may be administered in combination with the photoreceptor rescue cell composition.
- one or more factors targeting C-5, membrane attack complex (C5b-9) and/or any other Drusen component may be administered, examples of which include inhibitors of complement factors D, C-3, C-3a, C5, and C5a, and/or agonists of factor H, such as ARC 1905 (Ophthotec) (an anti-C5 Aptamer that selectively inhibits C5), POT -4 (Potentia) (a compstatin derivative that inhibits C3), complement factor H, Eculizumab (Soliris, Alexion) (a humanized IgG antibody that inhibits C5), and/or FCFD4514S (Genentech, San Francisco) (a monoclonal antibody against complement factor D).
- ARC 1905 Ophthotec
- POT -4 Patentia
- complement factor H a compstatin derivative that inhibits C3
- complement factor H Eculizumab (Soliris, Alexion)
- FCFD4514S Genetech, San Francisco
- One or more immunosuppressants such as Sirolimus (rapamycin), may be administered in combination with the photoreceptor rescue cell composition.
- One or more agents that prevent or treat the accumulation of lipofuscin such as piracetam, centrophenoxine, acetyl-L-carnitine, Ginkgo Biloba or an extract or preparation thereof, and/or DMAE (Dimethylethanolamine), may be administered in combination with the photoreceptor rescue cell composition.
- lipofuscin such as piracetam, centrophenoxine, acetyl-L-carnitine, Ginkgo Biloba or an extract or preparation thereof, and/or DMAE (Dimethylethanolamine
- agent such as angiogenesis inhibitors, antioxidants, antioxidant cofactors, other factors contribute to increased antioxidant activity, macular xanthophylls, long-chain omega-3 fatty acids, amyloid inhibitors, CNTF agonists, inhibitors of RPE65, factors that target A2E and/or lipofuscin accumulation, downregulators or inhibitors of photoreceptor function and/or metabolism, a2-adrenergic receptor agonists, selective serotonin 1A agonists, factors targeting C-5, membrane attack complex (C5b-9) and/or any other Drusen component, immunosuppressants, agents that prevent or treat the accumulation of lipofuscin, etc.) is administered in combination with the photoreceptor rescue cell composition , said agent may be administered concurrently with, prior to, and/or subsequent to said photoreceptor rescue cell composition .
- agent such as angiogenesis inhibitors, antioxidants, antioxidant cofactors, other factors contribute to increased antioxidant activity, macular xanthophylls, long-chain omega
- said agent may be administered to the eye of the patient during the procedure in which said photoreceptor rescue cell composition is introduced into the eye of said patient. Administration of said agent may begin prior to and/or continue after administration of said cells to the eye of the patient.
- said agent may be provided in solution, suspension, as a sustained release form, and/or in a sustained delivery system (e.g., the Allergan NovadurTM delivery system, the NT-501, or another intraocular device or sustained release system).
- the cells may be engineered to include a recombinant expression construct, which when expressed by the cells in vivo, produces a recombinant version of an agent set out herein.
- a recombinant expression construct which when expressed by the cells in vivo, produces a recombinant version of an agent set out herein.
- this includes both two-chain monoclonal antibodies, as well as epitope binding fragments thereof, e.g., Fab, Fab' and F(ab') 2, Fd, Fvs, single -chain Fvs (scFv), disulfide -linked Fvs (sdFv), and fragments comprising either a VL or VH domain, as well as fibronectin scaffolded and other antibody CDR mimetics.
- the engineered cells may include expression constructs encoding recombinant peptides and proteins, as well as constructs which, when transcribed, form transcripts which give rise to RNA interference agents (such as siRNA, hairpin RNA or the like), aptamers, decoys (bind to transcription factors and inhibit expression of native gene), antisense or the like.
- the recombinant gene can be operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory element, such as promoter and/or enhancer, which is active in the transplanted cell (such as a constitutively active or photoreceptor-active element) or which can be regulated by small molecules.
- Exemplary recombinant agents to be expressed by the transplanted cells include anti- angiogeneic agents, such as those which reduce occurrence of choroidal neovascularization (wet AMD). These include agents which inhibit VEGF mediated vascularization of the eye, such as anti- VEGF antibodies and VEGF receptor traps.
- anti- VEGF antibodies and VEGF receptor traps include antibodies and antibody analogs (such as single chain antibodies, monobodies, antigen binding sites and the like) such as ranibizumab, VEGF-traps such as Aflibercept which are soluble proteins including ligand binding domains from VEGF receptors, which bind to either VEGF or the VEGF receptor and block receptor activation.
- complement inhibitors such as complement Factor D, Factor C5 and/or Factor C3 Inhibitors. These may be, merely to illustrate, RNA agents or recombinant antibodies.
- the transplanted cells may be engineered to express an anti P-amyloid agent. These include recombinant antibodies, P- secretase inhibitors, and the like.
- the transplanted cells may also be engineered to express one or more anti-inflammatory agents, such as antagonists/inhibitors of proinflammatory cytokines such as IL-1, IL -2, IL-3, and TNF-a or anti-inflammatory cytokines such as IL-37.
- the antagonists/inhibitors of proinflammatory cytokines include recombinant antibodies, receptor traps, aptamers, etc.
- the transplanted cells can be engineered to express recombinant lipocortin, a potent anti-inflammatory protein.
- cells to be transplanted are transferred to a recipient in any physiologically acceptable excipient comprising an isotonic excipient prepared under sufficiently sterile conditions for human administration.
- any physiologically acceptable excipient comprising an isotonic excipient prepared under sufficiently sterile conditions for human administration.
- Cell Therapy Stem Cell Transplantation, Gene Therapy, and Cellular Immunotherapy, by G. Morstyn & W. Sheridan eds, Cambridge University Press, 1996.
- Choice of the cellular excipient and any accompanying elements of the composition will be adapted in accordance with the route and device used for administration.
- the cells may be introduced by injection, catheter, or the like.
- the cells may be frozen at liquid nitrogen temperatures and stored for long periods of time, being capable of use on thawing. If frozen, the cells will usually be stored in a 10% DMSO, 50% FCS, 40% RPMI 1640 medium.
- compositions of the invention are optionally packaged in a suitable container with written instructions for a desired purpose.
- Such formulations may comprise a cocktail of retinal differentiation and/or trophic factors, in a form suitable for combining with PRCs.
- Such a composition may further comprise suitable buffers and/or excipients appropriate for transfer into an animal.
- Such compositions may further comprise the cells to be engrafted.
- the PRCs may be formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- PRCs may be administered alone or as a component of a pharmaceutical formulation.
- the subject compounds may be formulated for administration in any convenient way for use in medicine.
- Pharmaceutical preparations suitable for administration may comprise the PRCs, in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or nonaqueous solutions (e.g., balanced salt solution (BSS)), dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes or suspending or thickening agents.
- BSS balanced salt solution
- Exemplary pharmaceutical preparations comprises the PRCs in combination with ALCON® BSS PLUS® (a balanced salt solution containing, in each mL, sodium chloride 7.14 mg, potassium chloride 0.38 mg, calcium chloride dihydrate 0.154 mg, magnesium chloride hexahydrate 0.2 mg, dibasic sodium phosphate 0.42 mg, sodium bicarbonate 2.1 mg, dextrose 0.92 mg, glutathione disulfide (oxidized glutathione) 0.184 mg, hydrochloric acid and/or sodium hydroxide (to adjust pH to approximately 7.4) in water).
- ALCON® BSS PLUS® a balanced salt solution containing, in each mL, sodium chloride 7.14 mg, potassium chloride 0.38 mg, calcium chloride dihydrate 0.154 mg, magnesium chloride hexahydrate 0.2 mg, dibasic sodium phosphate 0.42 mg, sodium bicarbonate 2.1 mg, dextrose 0.92 mg, glutathione disulfide (oxidized glutathione) 0.184 mg, hydrochloric acid and/or sodium hydro
- the preparation comprising PRCs used in the methods described herein may be transplanted in a suspension, gel, colloid, slurry, or mixture. Further, the preparation may desirably be encapsulated or injected in a viscous form into the vitreous humor for delivery to the site of retinal or choroidal damage. Also, at the time of injection, cryopreserved PRCs may be resuspended with commercially available balanced salt solution to achieve the desired osmolality and concentration for administration by subretinal injection. The preparation may be administered to an area of the pericentral macula that was not completely lost to disease, which may promote attachment and/or survival of the administered cells.
- the PRCs may be frozen (cryopreserved) as described herein.
- the viability of such cells may be at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90% at least 95% or about 100% (e.g., at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90% at least 95% or about 100% of the cells harvested after thawing are viable or at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90% at least 95% or about 100% of the cell number initially frozen are harvested in a viable state after thawing).
- At least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85% of the cells of the composition are viable prior to and after cryopreservation and thawing. In some instances, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, or about 85% of the cells of the composition are viable after thawing.
- about 50% to about 85%, about 50% to about 80%, about 50% to about 75%, about 50% to about 70%, about 50% to about 65%, about 50% to about 60%, about 50% to about 55%, about 55% to about 85%, about 55% to about 80%, about 55% to about 75%, about 55% to about 70%, about 55% to about 65%, about 55% to about 60%, about 60% to about 85%, about 60% to about 80%, about 60% to about 75%, about 60% to about 70%, about 60% to about 65%, about 65% to about 85%, about 65% to about 80%, about 65% to about 75%, about 65% to about 70%, about 70% to about 85%, about 70% to about 80%, about 70% to about 75%, about 75% to about 85%, about 75% to about 80%, or about 80% to about 85% of the cells of the composition are viable prior to and after cryopreservation and thawing.
- At least about 50% of the cells in the composition are viable after cryopreservation and thawing. In some instances, tat least about 55% of the cells in the composition are viable after cryopreservation and thawing. In some instances, at least about 60% of the cells in the composition are viable after cryopreservation and thawing. In some instances, at least about 65% of the cells in the composition are viable after cryopreservation and thawing. In some instances, at least about 70% of the cells in the composition are viable after cryopreservation and thawing. In some instances, at least about 75% of the cells in the composition are viable after cryopreservation and thawing.
- the viability of the cells prior to and after thawing is about 80%. In some instances, at least 90% or at least 95% or about 95% of cells that are frozen are recovered.
- the cells may be frozen as single cells or as aggregates. For example, the cells may be frozen as neurospheres.
- the PRCs of the disclosure may be delivered in a pharmaceutically acceptable ophthalmic formulation by intraocular injection.
- the solution When administering the formulation by intravitreal injection, for example, the solution may be concentrated so that minimized volumes may be delivered. Concentrations for injections may be at any amount that is effective and non-toxic, depending upon the factors described herein.
- the pharmaceutical preparations of PRCs for treatment of a patient may be formulated at doses of at least about 10 4 cells/mL.
- the PRC preparations for treatment of a patient are formulated at doses of at least about 10 3 , 10 4 , 10 5 , 10 6 , 10 7 , 10 8 , 10 9 , or IO 10 PRC cells/mL.
- the photoreceptor rescue cells may be formulated in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
- the pharmaceutical preparations of PRCs described herein may comprise at least about 1 ,000, at least about 2,000, at least about 3,000, at least about 4,000, at least about 5,000, at least about 6,000, at least about 7,000, at least about 8,000, at least about 9,000 PRCs.
- the pharmaceutical preparations of PRCs may comprise at least about IxlO 4 , at least about 2xl0 4 , at least about 3xl0 4 , at least about 4xl0 4 , at least about 5xl0 4 , at least about 6xl0 4 , at least about 7xl0 4 , at least about 8xl0 4 , at least about 9xl0 4 , at least about IxlO 5 , at least about 2xl0 5 , at least about 3xl0 5 , at least about 4xl0 5 , at least about 5xl0 5 , at least about 6xl0 5 , at least about 7xl0 5 , at least about 8xl0 5 , at least about 9xl0 5 , at least about IxlO 6 , at least about 2xl0 6 , at least about 3xl0 6 , at least about 4xl0 6 , at least about 5xl0 6 , at least about 6xl0 6 , at least about 7
- the pharmaceutical preparations of PRCs may comprise at least about IxlO 2 to about IxlO 3 , about IxlO 2 to about IxlO 4 , about IxlO 4 to about IxlO 5 , or about IxlO 3 to about IxlO 6 PRCs.
- the pharmaceutical preparations of PRCs may comprise at least about 10,000, at least about 20,000, at least about 25,000, at least about 50,000, at least about 75,000, at least about 100,000, at least about 125,000, at least about 150,000, at least about 175,000, at least about 180,000, at least about 185,000, at least about 190,000, or at least about 200,000 PRCs.
- the pharmaceutical preparation of PRCs may comprise at least about 20,000 to about 200,000 PRCs in a volume at least about 50 to about 200 pL. Further, the pharmaceutical preparation of PRCs may comprise about 50,000 PRCs is in a volume of about 150 pL, about 200,000 PRCs or more in a volume of about 150 pL, or at least about 180,000 PRCs in a volume at least about 150 pL.
- the number of PRCs or concentration of PRCs may be determined by counting viable cells and excluding non- viable cells.
- non-viable PRCs may be detected by failure to exclude a vital dye (such as Trypan Blue), or using a functional assay (such as the ability to adhere to a culture substrate, phagocytosis, etc.).
- the number of PRCs or concentration of PRCs may be determined by counting cells that express one or more PRC markers and/or excluding cells that express one or more markers indicative of a cell type other than PRCs.
- the PRCs may be formulated for delivery in a pharmaceutically acceptable ophthalmic vehicle, such that the preparation is maintained in contact with the ocular surface for a sufficient time period to allow the cells to penetrate the affected regions of the eye, as for example, the anterior chamber, posterior chamber, vitreous body, aqueous humor, vitreous humor, cornea, iris/ciliary, lens, choroid, retina, sclera, suprachoridal space, conjunctiva, subconjunctival space, episcleral space, intracorneal space, epicorneal space, pars plana, surgically-induced avascular regions, or the macula.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable ophthalmic vehicle such that the preparation is maintained in contact with the ocular surface for a sufficient time period to allow the cells to penetrate the affected regions of the eye, as for example, the anterior chamber, posterior chamber, vitreous body, aqueous humor, vitreous humor, cornea, iris/ciliary, lens, choroid, retina, scler
- the PRCs may be contained in a sheet of cells.
- a sheet of cells comprising PRCs may be prepared by culturing PRCs on a substrate from which an intact sheet of cells can be released, e.g., a thermoresponsive polymer such as a thermoresponsive poly (N -isopropylacrylamide) (PNIP A Am) -grafted surface, upon which cells adhere and proliferate at the culture temperature, and then upon a temperature shift, the surface characteristics are altered causing release of the cultured sheet of cells e.g., by cooling to below the lower critical solution temperature (LCST) (see da Silva et al., Trends Biotechnol. 2007 December; 25(12):577-83; Hsiue et al., Transplantation. 2006 Feb. 15;
- LCST lower critical solution temperature
- the sheet of cells may be adherent to a substrate suitable for transplantation, such as a substrate that may dissolve in vivo when the sheet is transplanted into a host organism, e.g., prepared by culturing the cells on a substrate suitable for transplantation, or releasing the cells from another substrate (such as a thermoresponsive polymer) onto a substrate suitable for transplantation.
- a substrate suitable for transplantation such as a substrate that may dissolve in vivo when the sheet is transplanted into a host organism, e.g., prepared by culturing the cells on a substrate suitable for transplantation, or releasing the cells from another substrate (such as a thermoresponsive polymer) onto a substrate suitable for transplantation.
- An exemplary substrate potentially suitable for transplantation may comprise gelatin (see Hsiue et al., supra).
- Alternative substrates that may be suitable for transplantation include fibrin-based matrixes and others.
- the sheet of cells may be used in the manufacture of a medicament for the prevention or treatment of a
- the sheet of PRCs may be formulated for introduction into the eye of a subject in need thereof.
- the sheet of cells may be introduced into an eye in need thereof by subfoveal membranectomy with transplantation of the sheet of PRCs, or may be used for the manufacture of a medicament for transplantation after subfoveal membranectomy.
- the volume of preparation administered according to the methods described herein may be dependent on factors such as the mode of administration, number of PRCs, age and weight of the patient, and type and severity of the disease being treated.
- the volume of a pharmaceutical preparations of PRCs of the disclosure may be from at least about 1 mL, about 1.5 mL, about 2 mL, about 2.5 mL, about 3 mL, about 4 mL, or 5 mL.
- the volume may be at least about 1 mL to about 2 mL.
- the volume of a pharmaceutical preparation of PRCs of the disclosure may be at least about 1 pL, about 2 pL, about 3 pL, about 4 pL, about 5 pL, about 6 pL, about 7 pL, about 8 pL, about 9 pL, about 10 pL, about 11 pL, about 12 pL, about 13 pL, about 14 pL, about 15 pL, about 16 pL, about 17 pL, about 18 pL, about 19 pL, about 20 pL, about 21 pL, about 22 pL, about 23 pL, about 24 pL, about 25 pL, about 26 pL, about 27 pL, about 28 pL, about 29 pL, about 30 pL, about 31 pL, about 32 pL, about 33 pL, about 34 pL, about 35 pL, about 36 pL, about 37 pL, about 38 pL,
- the volume of a preparation of the disclosure may be from at least about 10 pL to about 50 pL, about 20 pL to about 50 pL, about 25 pL to about 50 pL, or about 1 pL to about 200 pL.
- the volume of a preparation of the disclosure may be at least about 10 pL, about 20 pL, about 30 pL, about 40 pL, about 50 pL, about 100 pL, about 110 pL, about 120 pL, about 130 pL, about 140 pL, about 150 pL, about 160 pL, about 170 pL, about 180 pL, about 190 pL, or about 200 pL, or higher.
- the preparation may comprise at least about IxlO 3 , about 2xl0 3 , about 3xl0 3 , about 4xl0 3 , about 5xl0 3 , about 6xl0 3 , about 7xl0 3 , about 8xl0 3 , about 9xl0 3 , about IxlO 4 , about 2xl0 4 , about 3xl0 4 , about 4xl0 4 , about 5xl0 4 , about 6xl0 4 , about 7xl0 4 , about 8xl0 4 , or about 9xl0 4 PRCs per pL.
- the preparation may comprise at least about IxlO 3 to about 9xl0 4 , about 2xl0 3 to about 9xl0 4 , about 3xl0 3 to about 9xl0 4 , about 4xl0 3 to about 9xl0 4 , about 5xl0 3 to about 9xl0 4 , about 6xl0 3 to about 9xl0 4 , about 7xl0 3 to about 9xl0 4 , about 8xl0 3 to about 9xl0 4 , about 9xl0 3 to about 9xl0 4 , about IxlO 4 to about 9xl0 4 , about 2xl0 4 to about 9xl0 4 , about 3xl0 4 to about 9xl0 4 , about 4xl0 4 to about 9xl0 4 , about 5xl0 4 to about 9xl0 4 , about 6xl0 4 to about 9xl0 4 , about 7xl0 4 to about 9xl0 4 , about 8xl0 4 ,
- the method of treating retinal degeneration may further comprise administration of an immunosuppressant.
- Immunosuppressants that may be used include but are not limited to antilymphocyte globulin (ALG) polyclonal antibody, anti-thymocyte globulin (ATG) polyclonal antibody, azathioprine, BASILIXIMAB® (anti-IL-2Ra receptor antibody), cyclosporin (cyclosporin A), DACLIZUMAB® (anti-IL-2Ra receptor antibody), everolimus, mycophenolic acid, RITUXIMAB® (anti-CD20 antibody), sirolimus, and tacrolimus.
- ALG antilymphocyte globulin
- ATG anti-thymocyte globulin
- azathioprine azathioprine
- BASILIXIMAB® anti-IL-2Ra receptor antibody
- cyclosporin cyclosporin A
- DACLIZUMAB® anti-IL-2Ra receptor antibody
- the immunosuppressants may be dosed at least about 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 mg/kg. When immunosuppressants are used, they may be administered systemically or locally, and they may be administered prior to, concomitantly with, or following administration of the PRCs. Immunosuppressive therapy may continue for weeks, months, years, or indefinitely following administration of PRCs. For example, the patient may be administered 5 mg/kg cyclosporin for 6 weeks following administration of the PRCs.
- the method of treatment of retinal degeneration may comprise the administration of a single dose of PRCs.
- the methods of treatment described herein may comprise a course of therapy where PRCs are administered multiple times over some period.
- Exemplary courses of treatment may comprise weekly, biweekly, monthly, quarterly, biannually, or yearly treatments.
- treatment may proceed in phases whereby multiple doses are administered initially (e.g., daily doses for the first week), and subsequently fewer and less frequent doses are needed.
- the PRCs may be delivered one or more times periodically throughout the life of a patient. For example, the PRCs may be delivered once per year, once every 6-12 months, once every 3-6 months, once every 1-3 months, or once every 1-4 weeks. Alternatively, more frequent administration may be desirable for certain conditions or disorders. If administered by an implant or device, the PRCs may be administered one time, or one or more times periodically throughout the lifetime of the patient, as necessary for the particular patient and disorder or condition being treated. Similarly contemplated is a therapeutic regimen that changes over time. For example, more frequent treatment may be needed at the outset e.g., daily or weekly treatment). Over time, as the patient's condition improves, less frequent treatment or even no further treatment may be needed.
- Intraocular administration may comprise injection of an aqueous solution, optionally an isotonic solution and/or a saline solution, into the subretinal space, thereby forming a pre -bleb, and removal of said aqueous solution, prior to administration of the photoreceptor rescue cell population into the same subretinal space as said aqueous solution.
- a subretinal bleb Prior to cell administration, a subretinal bleb may be formed, e.g., of by injection of saline or another suitable fluid (a "pre-bleb"), which may then be removed prior to cell administration.
- the cells may also be administered without pre-bleb formation.
- the cells may be administered in a bleb in a temporal foveal position.
- the bleb may optionally extend within the arcade blood vessels.
- the bleb may be positioned such that it does not detach the central macula fovea.
- the methods described herein may further comprise the step of monitoring the efficacy of treatment or prevention by measuring electroretinogram responses, optomotor acuity threshold, or luminance threshold in the subject.
- the method may also comprise monitoring the efficacy of treatment or prevention by monitoring immunogenicity of the cells or migration of the cells in the eye.
- the PRCs may be used in the manufacture of a medicament to treat retinal degeneration.
- the disclosure also encompasses the use of the preparation comprising PRCs in the treatment of blindness.
- the preparations comprising human PRCs may be used to treat retinal degeneration associated with a number of vision-altering ailments that result in photoreceptor damage and blindness, such as, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration (including age related macular degeneration, e.g., wet age related macular degeneration and dry age related macular degeneration), retinitis pigmentosa, and Stargardt Disease (fundus flavimaculatus), night blindness and color blindness.
- macular degeneration including age related macular degeneration, e.g., wet age related macular degeneration and dry age related macular degeneration
- retinitis pigmentosa retinitis pigmentosa
- Stargardt Disease fundus flavimaculatus
- the preparation may comprise at least about 5,000-500,000 PRCs (e.g., 100,000 PRCs) which may be administered to the retina to treat retinal degeneration associated with a number of vision-altering ailments that result in photoreceptor damage and blindness, such as, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration (including age related macular degeneration), retinitis pigmentosa, and Stargardt Disease (fundus flavimaculatus).
- PRCs e.g., 100,000 PRCs
- the PRCs provided herein may be derived from a mammal.
- the human cells may be used in human patients, as well as in animal models or animal patients.
- the human cells may be tested in mouse, rat, cat, dog, or non-human primate models of retinal degeneration.
- the human cells may be used therapeutically to treat animals in need thereof, such as in veterinary medicine. Examples of veterinary subjects or patients include without limitation dogs, cats, and other companion animals, and economically valuable animals such as livestock and horses.
- the cryoprotectant may be DMSO, glycerol, ethylene glycol, trehalose, or taurine.
- the cryoprotectant is DMSO.
- the albumin may be human albumin.
- the sugar may be glucose.
- the formulation may further comprise a buffer or a buffered saline such as but not limited to phosphate -buffered saline (PBS).
- PBS phosphate -buffered saline
- the formulation may have a pH that is about a physiological pH (e.g. , in the range of 6-8).
- the cryoprotectant may be present in a range of about 1% to about 10% volume/volume (v/v).
- the cryoprotectant may be present in a range of about 2% to about 10% volume/volume (v/v).
- the cryoprotectant may be present in a range of about 3% to about 10% volume/volume (v/v).
- the cryoprotectant may be present in a range of about 4% to about 10% volume/volume (v/v), for example 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9% or 10%.
- the albumin may be present in a range of about 2% to about 3% (w/v).
- the albumin may be present in a range of about 2% to about 10% (w/v), of about 2% to about 8% (w/v), of about 2% to about 7.5% (w/v), of about 3.5% to about 7.5% (w/v), of about 4% to about 7.5% (w/v), of about 4% to about 8% (w/v), of about 4% to about 8.5% (w/v), of about 4% to about 9% (w/v) or of about 4% to about 10% (w/v).
- the sugar may be present in a range of about 0% about 1.5% (w/v).
- the cryopreservative formulation comprises about 4% to about 10% DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 3% albumin (w/v), about 0-1.5% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline.
- the formulation may consist essentially of about 4% to about 10% DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 3% albumin (w/v), 0-1.5% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline.
- the formulation may consist of about 4% to about 10% DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 3% albumin (w/v), 0-1.5% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline.
- the albumin may be human albumin, including recombinant human albumin.
- the buffered saline may be phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
- the cryopreservative formulation comprises about 4% to about 6% DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 3% albumin (w/v), about 0.08% to about 0.1% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline. In some embodiments, the cryopreservative formulation consists essentially of about 4% to about 6 % DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 3% albumin (w/v), about 0.08% to about 0.1% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline.
- the cryopreservative formulation consists of about 4% to about 6 % DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 3% albumin (w/v), about 0.08% to about 0.1% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline.
- the albumin may be human albumin, including recombinant human albumin.
- the buffered saline may be phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
- the cryopreservative formulation comprises about 4% to about 10% DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 7.5% albumin (w/v), about 0-1.5% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline.
- the formulation may consist essentially of about 4% to about 10% DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 7.5% albumin (w/v), about 0-1.5% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline.
- the formulation may consist of about 4% to about 10% DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 7.5% albumin (w/v), about 0-1.5% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline.
- the albumin may be human albumin, including recombinant human albumin.
- the buffered saline may be phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
- the cryopreservative formulation comprises about 4% to about 6% DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 7.5% albumin (w/v), about 0.08% to about 0.1% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline. In some embodiments, the cryopreservative formulation consists essentially of about 4% to about 6% DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 7.5% albumin (w/v), about 0.08% to about 0.1% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline.
- the cryopreservative formulation consists of about 4% to about 6% DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 7.5% albumin (w/v), about 0.08% to about 0.1% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline.
- the albumin may be human albumin, including recombinant human albumin.
- the buffered saline may be phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
- particular formulations are associated with a reduced incidence of multinucleated photoreceptor rescue cells having more than 4 nuclei per cell, following freezing and thawing.
- formulations comprising high levels of DMSO (e.g., 5%) and optionally also containing ethylene glycol (e.g., 5%).
- the cryoprotectant is a cell-penetrating cryoprotectant such as DMSO, glycerol or ethylene glycol, all of which were found to be associated with reduced incidence of multinucleated RPE cells.
- Still other formulations comprise about 5% DMSO (v/v), about 2.5% albumin (w/v), about 0.09% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline.
- Other formulations comprise about 2.5% albumin (w/v), about 0.09% glucose (w/v), about 5% (v/v) glycerin, about 200 mM taurine, and buffer or buffered saline.
- Other formulation comprise 2.5% albumin (w/v), about 0.09% glucose (w/v), about 5% (v/v) glycerin, about 100 mM trehalose, and buffer or buffered saline.
- Still other formulations comprise about 5% DMSO (v/v), about 2.5% albumin (w/v), about 0.6% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline.
- Other formulations comprise about 2.5% albumin (w/v), about 0.6% glucose (w/v), about 5% (v/v) glycerin, about 200 mM taurine, and buffer or buffered saline.
- Other formulation comprise 2.5% albumin (w/v), about 0.6% glucose (w/v), about 5% (v/v) glycerin, about 100 mM trehalose, and buffer or buffered saline.
- cryopreservative formulation comprises one or more of betaine, albumin, ethylene glycol and pluronic.
- the cryopreserved cell preparation may comprise, in some embodiments, the cells of interest (e.g., photoreceptor rescue cells), 165 pg DMSO, 27 pg glucose, 750 pg recombinant human albumin, 110 pg sodium chloride, 26.6 pg sodium phosphate, 2.10 pg calcium chloride, 4.19 pg potassium chloride, 4.19 pg potassium phosphate monobasic, 2.10 pg magnesium chloridc-blTO. 168 pg sodium chloride, and 24.1 pg sodium phosphate dibasic.
- the cells of interest e.g., photoreceptor rescue cells
- 165 pg DMSO 27 pg glucose
- 750 pg recombinant human albumin 110 pg sodium chloride, 26.6 pg sodium phosphate, 2.10 pg calcium chloride, 4.19 pg potassium chloride, 4.19 pg potassium phosphate monobasic, 2.10 pg magnesium chlor
- the final cell preparation to be administered to a subject may comprise, in some embodiments, the cells of interest (e.g., photoreceptor rescue cells), sodium hyaluronate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium phosphate dibasic dodecahydrate, dextrose (anhydrous), calcium chloride dihydrate, magnesium chloride hexahydrate, sodium acetate trihydrate, and sodium citrate dihydrate.
- the cells of interest e.g., photoreceptor rescue cells
- sodium hyaluronate sodium chloride
- potassium chloride sodium phosphate dibasic dodecahydrate
- dextrose anhydrous
- calcium chloride dihydrate magnesium chloride hexahydrate
- sodium acetate trihydrate sodium citrate dihydrate
- the cells may be cryopreserved at higher concentration (or density) compared to standard prior art techniques.
- the cells may be cryopreserved at a concentration (or density) of 10 4 cells per pL or higher, including about 2 x 10 4 cells per pL, about 3 x 10 4 cells per pL, about 4 x 10 4 cells per pL, about 5 x 10 4 cells per pL, about 6 x 10 4 cells per pL, about 7 x 10 4 cells per pL, about 8 x 10 4 cells per pL, about 9 x 10 4 cells per pL, or about 10 5 cells per pL, or higher.
- the cell density is in the range of about 10 4 cells per pL to about 6 x 10 4 cells per pL, including 1.5 x 10 4 cell per pL to about 5 x 10 4 cells per pL, including about 2 x 10 4 cells per pL to about 5 x 10 4 cells per pL, and about 3 x 10 4 cells per pL to about 5 x 10 4 cells per pL.
- the number of cells per vial is about 450,000 to 1,500,000 cells per vial. In some embodiments, the number of cells per vial is about 1,750,000 to about 3,500,000 cells per vial.
- the volume of the cryopreserved cell preparation may be reduced compared to standard prior art techniques.
- the cells may be cryopreserved in volumes ranging from about 10 pL to about 100 pL, in some embodiments, including volumes of about 10 pL to about 50 pL, including volumes of about 10 pL, about 20 pL, about 30 pL, about 40 pL, about 50 pL, about 60 pL, about 70 pL, about 80 pL, about 90 pL, or about 100 pL.
- the frozen preparation can then be diluted with a suitable diluent to arrive at a desired volume and concentration, and then directly administered to a subject without the need for performing a washing step.
- Standard prior art techniques typically freeze lower concentrations of cells in larger volumes (e.g., on the order of 1 mL), and then require that the thawed preparation be washed, sometimes multiple times, in order to remove the cryoprotectant before administration to a subject.
- the cryoprotective formulation comprises, consists essentially of, or consists of about 4% to about 10% DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 3% albumin (w/v), 0-1.5% glucose (w/v) and buffer, and is used to cryopreserve photoreceptor rescue cells.
- This formulation results in viability of the photoreceptor rescue cells, post thaw, of at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, or at least 65% or at least 70%, or at least 75%, or at least 80% or at least 85%, or at least 90% or at least 91% or at least 92% or at least 93% or at least 94%, at least 95% at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, at least about 99% or 100%.
- the DMSO may be used at about 5% or about 10%.
- the cells may be frozen at a concentration of about 50 x 10 3 cells per pL.
- the formulation results in improved viability of the cells, post-thaw, compared to a commercially available cryoprotective formulation, CS10.
- the cryoprotective formulation comprises, consists essentially of, or consists of about 4% to about 10% DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 3% albumin (w/v), 0-1.5% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline.
- the DMSO may be present at about 4% (v/v), about 5% (v/v), and about 6% (v/v).
- the albumin may be human albumin, including recombinant human albumin, and may be present at about 2% (w/v), or about 2.5% (w/v), or about 3% (w/v).
- the glucose may be absent, or it may be present at about 0.08% (w/v) or about 0.09% (w/v), or about 0.1% (w/v).
- the buffered saline may be phosphate buffered saline.
- the cryoprotective formulation comprises, consists essentially of, or consists of about 4% to about 6% DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 3% albumin (w/v), 0-1.5% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline.
- the albumin may be present at about 2% (w/v), about 2.5% (w/v), or about 3% (w/v).
- the glucose may be present at about 0.08% (w/v), or about 0.09% (w/v), or about 0.10% (w/v).
- the cryoprotective formulation comprises, consists essentially of, or consists of about 4% to about 10% DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 3% albumin (w/v), 0-1.5% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline.
- the DMSO may be present at about 4% (v/v), about 5% (v/v), and about 6% (v/v).
- the albumin may be human albumin, including recombinant human albumin, and may be present at about 2% (w/v), or about 2.5% (w/v), or about 3% (w/v), or about 4% (w/v), or about 5% (w/v), or about 6% (w/v), or about 7% (w/v), or about 7.5% (w/v), or about 8% (w/v), or about 9% (w/v) or about 10% w/v).
- the glucose may be absent, or it may be present at about 0.08% (w/v) or about 0.09% (w/v), or about 0.1% (w/v).
- the buffered saline may be phosphate buffered saline.
- the cryoprotective formulation comprises, consists essentially of, or consists of about 4% to about 6% DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 3% albumin (w/v), 0-1.5% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline.
- the albumin may be present at about 2% (w/v), about 2.5% (w/v), or about 3% (w/v).
- the cryoprotective formulation comprises, consists essentially of, or consists of about 4% to about 6% DMSO (v/v), about 2% to about 7.5% albumin (w/v), 0-1.5% glucose (w/v) and buffer or buffered saline.
- the albumin may be present at about 2% (w/v), about 5% (w/v), or about 7.5% (w/v).
- the glucose may be present at about 0.08% (w/v), or about 0.09% (w/v), or about 0.10% (w/v).
- the formulations or preparations provided herein exhibit a physiological pH and a physiological osmotic pressure, also referred to as a physiological osmolarity.
- a physiological pH refers to a pH that is not cytotoxic and resembles the pH of the cell or tissue in its natural environment.
- a physiological pH is a pH of about 6.8 to about 7.8, for example, a pH of about 7 to about 7.7, a pH of about 7.2 to about 7.6, a pH of about 7.2 to about 7.4, or a pH of about 7.4 to about 7.5.
- the formulations or preparations provided herein exhibit a pH of about 7.0, about 7.1, about 7.2, about 7.3, about 7.4, about 7.5, about 7.6, about 7.7, or about 7.8.
- a physiological osmotic pressure refers to an osmotic pressure that is not cytotoxic and resembles the osmotic pressure of the cell or tissue in its natural environment.
- a physiological osmotic pressure is about 270 to about 345 mOsm/1, for example, about 280 to about 330 mOsm/1, about 290 to about 325 mOsm/1, about 300 to about 315 mOsm/1.
- a physiological osmotic pressure is about 300, about 305, about 310, about 315, about 320, or about 325 mOsm/1.
- the formulations or preparations provided herein exhibit a physiological pH and an osmotic pressure that is greater than physiological osmotic pressure, for example, about 350 to about 450 mOsm/1, for example, about 360 to about 440 mOsm/1, about 370 to about 430 mOsm/1, about 380 to about 420 mOsm/1, or about 390 to about 410 mOsm/1.
- an osmotic pressure that is greater than physiological osmotic pressure is about 350, about 355, about 360, about 365, about 370, about 375, about 380, about 385, about 390, about 395, about 400, about 405, about 410, about 415, about 420, about 425, about 430, about 435, about 440, about 445 or about 450 mOsm/1.
- the formulations or preparations provided herein have an osmolality of about 1250 mOsm/kg, for example about 1250 mOsm/kg, about 1000 mOsm/kg, about 900 mOsm/kg, about 800 mOsm/kg, about 700 mOsm/kg, about 600 mOsm/kg, about 500 mOsm/kg, about 400 mOsm/kg or about 300 mOsm/kg.
- the formulations or preparation provided herein have an osmolality about 300-450 mOsm/kg, about 300-400 mOsm/kg, about 300-450 mOsm/kg, about 350-450 mOsm/kg or about 350-400 mOsm/kg.
- the cryopreservative formulations provided herein comprise (a) a cryoprotectant; (b) albumin; (c) a buffer, maintaining the solution at a physiological pH; and (d) glucose.
- the formulations comprise a cryoprotectant.
- Cryoprotectants are used to protect cells from damage during the freezing process.
- the formulations comprise a cryoprotectant selected from dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), glycerol, and ethylene glycol.
- the cryoprotectant is DMSO.
- the formulations comprise about 4%, about 4.5%, about 5%, about 5.5%, about 6%, about 6.5%, about 7%, about 7.5%, about 8%, about 8.5%, about 9%, about 9.5%, or about 10% (volume/volume, v/v) DMSO.
- the solution comprises about 4%-10%, about 4%-9.5%, about 4%-9%, about 4%-8.5%, about 4%-8%, about 4%-7.5%, about 4%-7%, about 4%-6.5%, about 4%-6%, about 4%-5.5%, about 4%-5%, about 4%-4.5%, about 4.5%-10%, about 4.5%-9.5%, about 4.5%-9%, about 4.5%-8.5%, about 4.5%-8%, about 4.5%-7.5%, about 4.5%-7%, about 4.5%-6.5%, about 4.5%-6%, about 4.5%- 5.5%, about 4.5%-5%, about 5%-10%, about 5%-9.5%, about 5%-9%, about 5%-8.5%, about 5%-8%, about 5%-7.5%, about 5%-7%, about 5%-6.5%, about 5%-6%, about 5%-5.5%, about 5.5%-10%, about 5.5%-9.5%, about 5.5%-10%, about 5.5%-9.5%, about 5%-7%, about 5%-6.
- the formulations comprise about 4%, about 4.1%, about 4.2%, about 4.3%, about 4.4%, about 4.5%, about 4.6%, about 4.7%, about 4.8%, about 4.9%, about 5%, about 5.1%, about 5.2%, about 5.3%, about 5.4%, about 5.5%, about 5.6%, about 5.7%, about 5.8%, about 5.9%, about 6%, about 6.1%, about 6.2%, about 6.3%, about 6.4%, about 6.5%, about 6.6%, about 6.7%, about 6.8%, about 6.9%, about 7%, about 7.1%, about 7.2%, about 7.3%, about 7.4%, about 7.5%, about 7.6%, about 7.7%, about 7.8%, about 7.9%, about 8%, about 8.1%, about 8.2%, about 8.3%, about 8.4%, about 8.5%, about 8.6%, about 8.7%, about 8.8%, about 8.9%, about 9%, about 9.1%, about 9.2%, about 9.3%, about 9.4%, about 9.5%, about 9.6%, about 9.7%, about 9.8%, about 9.9% or about 10% (volume/volume/volume/volume
- the albumin is recombinant albumin. In some embodiments, the albumin is recombinant human (rh) albumin.
- the term “recombinant albumin” is interchangeably used with the term “rA” or “rAlbumin”.
- the term “recombinant human albumin” is interchangeably used with the term “rHA”, “rHSA”, “rhAlbumin”.
- the cryopreservative formulations comprises about 2.0%, about 2.1%, about 2.2%, about 2.3%, about 2.4%, about 2.5%, about 2.6%, about 2.7%, about 2.8%, about
- cryopreservative formulations comprise about 2.0%-3.0%, about 2.0%-2.9%, about 2.0%-2.8%, about 2.0%-2.7%, about 2.0%-2.6%, about 2.0%-2.5%, about 2.0%- 2.4%, about 2.0%-2.3%, about 2.0%-2.2%, about 2.0%-2.1%, about 2.1%-3.0%, about 2.1%-2.9%, about 2.1%-2.8%, about 2.1%-2.7%, about 2.1%-2.6%, about 2.1%-2.5%, about 2.1%-2.4%, about 2.1%-2.3%, about 2.1%-2.2%, about 2.2%-3.0%, about 2.2%-2.9%, about 2.2%-2.8%, about 2.2%- 2.7%, about 2.2%-2.6%, about 2.2%-2.5%, about 2.2%-2.4%, about 2.2%-2.3%, about 2.1%-2.2%, about 2.2%-3.0%, about 2.2%-2.9%, about 2.2%-2.8%, about 2.2%- 2.7%, about 2.2%-2.6%, about 2.2%-2.5%, about 2.2%-2.4%, about
- the cryopreservative formulations comprise a buffer.
- a buffer refers to an agent that can maintain the pH of a solution, preparation or formulation relatively stable by neutralizing added acid or base.
- a buffer comprises a weak conjugate acid-base pair, i.e., either a weak acid and its conjugate base, or a weak base and its conjugate acid.
- the buffer comprised in the cryopreservative formulations provided herein is a waterbased salt solution comprising disodium hydrogen phosphate (NazHPCH) and sodium chloride (NaCl).
- the buffer comprised in the formulations provided herein further comprises potassium chloride (KC1) and potassium dihydrogen phosphate (KH2PO4).
- the formulations comprise a buffered saline such as phosphate -buffered saline (PBS).
- PBS phosphate -buffered saline
- DPBS Dulbecco's phosphate-buffered saline
- the buffer comprises divalent cations. Suitable divalent cations include, without limitation, e.g., Ca2+, Mg2+, Zn2+, Fe2+, Mn2+, Cr2+, Cu2+, Ba2+, and Sr2+. In some embodiments, the divalent cations comprise calcium. In some embodiments, the divalent cations comprise magnesium. In some embodiments, the divalent cations comprise two or more different divalent cations, e.g., calcium and magnesium. In some embodiments, the buffer comprises calcium. In some embodiments, the buffer comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable calcium salt. In some embodiments, the buffer comprises magnesium. In some embodiments, the buffer comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable magnesium salt. In some embodiments of the solutions provided herein, the buffer comprises calcium chloride. In some embodiments, the buffer comprises calcium chloride dihydrate. In some embodiments, the buffer comprises magnesium chloride. In some embodiments, the buffer comprises magnesium chloride hexahydrate.
- the cryopreservative formulations provided herein comprise glucose.
- the cryopreservative formulation comprises about 0%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05%, 0.06%, 0.07%, 0.08%, 0.09%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1.0%, 1.1%, 1.2%, 1.3%, 1.4%, 1.5%, 1.6%, 1.7%, 1.8%, 1.9%, 2%, 2.1%, 2.2%, 2.3%, 2.4%, 2.5%, 2.6%, 2.7%, 2.8%, 2.9%, 3%, 3.5%, 4%, 4.5% or 5% glucose.
- the solution comprises about 0%-1.5%, 0%-1.4%, 0%-1.3%, 0%-1.2%, 0%-l .1 %, 0%-1.0%, 0%-0.90%, 0%-0.80%, 0%-0.70%, 0%-0.60%, 0%-0.50%, 0%-0.40%, 0%-0.30%, 0%-0.20%, 0%-0.10%, 0%- 0.09%, 0%-0.08%, 0%-0.07%, 0%-0.06%, 0%-0.05%, 0%-0.04%, 0%-0.03%, 0%-0.02%, 0%-0.01%, 0.01%-1.5%, 0.01%-1.4%, 0.01%-1.3%, 0.01%-1.2%, 0.01%-l.l%, 0.01%-1.0%, 0.01%-0.90%, 0.01%-0.80%, 0.01%-0.70%, 0.01%-0.60%, 0.01%-0.50%, 0.01%-0.40%, 0.01%-0.30%, 0.01%-
- the formulation comprises about 4-10% (v/v) cell cryoprotectant, about 2-3% (w/v) albumin, about 0-1.5% (w/v) glucose, and a buffer, optionally as a buffered saline. In some embodiments, the formulation comprises about 4-10% (v/v) cell cryoprotectant, about 2-3% (w/v) albumin, about 0.08-0.10% (w/v) glucose, and a buffer, optionally as a buffered saline.
- the formulation comprises about 4-6% (v/v) cell cryoprotectant, about 2-3% (w/v) albumin, about 0.08-0.10% (w/v) glucose, and a buffer, optionally as a buffered saline.
- the formulation comprises about 4-10% (v/v) DMSO, about 2-3% (w/v) albumin, about 0-1.5% (w/v) glucose, and a buffer. In some embodiments, the formulation comprises about 4-10% (v/v) DMSO, about 2-3% (w/v) albumin, about 0.08-0.10% (w/v) glucose, and a buffer. In some embodiments, the formulation comprises about 4-6% (v/v) DMSO, about 2-3% (w/v) albumin, about 0.08-0.10% (w/v) glucose, and a buffer.
- the formulation comprises about 5% (v/v) DMSO, about 2.5% (w/v) albumin, about 0.09% (w/v) glucose, and a buffer. In some embodiments, the formulation comprises about 5% (v/v) DMSO, about 2.5% (w/v) albumin, about 0.6% (w/v) glucose, and a buffer.
- the formulation comprises about 4-10% (v/v) DMSO, about 2-8% (w/v) albumin, about 0-1.5% (w/v) glucose, and a buffer.
- the formulation comprises about 4-6% (v/v) DMSO, about 2-8% (w/v) albumin, about 0 -1.5% (w/v) glucose, and a buffer.
- the formulation comprises about 5% (v/v) DMSO, about 2.5% (w/v) albumin, about 0.6% (w/v) glucose, and a buffer.
- the formulation comprises about 5% (v/v) DMSO, about 7.5% (w/v) albumin, about 0.6% (w/v) glucose, and a buffer.
- the formulations provided herein further comprise at least one further excipient.
- the formulations further comprise taurine.
- the formulations further comprise trehalose.
- the formulations comprise a polymeric excipient.
- the polymeric excipient is dextran.
- the formulations do not comprise a polymeric excipient. In some embodiments, the formulations do not comprise dextran.
- cell preparations comprising a population of cells or a tissue in a cryopreservative formulation as provided herein.
- the cell preparation is cryopreserved.
- the cell preparation provided herein may be cryopreserved by being cryogenically frozen at any appropriate temperature known in the art.
- the cell preparations provided herein are cryopreserved at temperatures between -100 °C and -200 °C.
- the cell preparations provided herein are cryopreserved at temperatures below -125 °C.
- the cell preparations provided herein are cryopreserved at temperatures below -135 °C.
- the cell preparations provided herein are cryopreserved at temperatures below -150 °C.
- cryopreservative formulations and cell preparations provided herein can be used in connection with photoreceptor rescue cells of the invention.
- the cell preparation is suitable for transplantation into a subject once thawed and diluted with a diluent.
- the diluent is GS2 or GS2 plus (see W02017031312 incorporated by reference in its entirety, and Table 5 below).
- GS2 medium refers to a medium for cell reconstitution, storage, transport, and/or administration to a subject.
- the medium is prepared as follows: 48.75 ml of 0.9% NaCl in water; 13.10 ml of Alcon Balanced Salt Solution (BSS®), 300 mOsm, in water; and 3.75 ml of 5% dextrose in 0.9% NaCl (in water) (560 mOsm) were combined to obtain 65.6 mL medium with a final concentration of 0.29% dextrose and an osmolarity of 315 mOsm.
- BSS® Alcon Balanced Salt Solution
- the basic GS2 medium thus comprises about 145 mM NaCl (about 0.85% NaCl), about 2 mM KC1 (about 0.015% KC1), about 0.7 mM CaCk (calcium chloride) (about 0.01% CaCk dihydrate (calcium chloride dihydrate)), about 0.3 m MgCI (magnesium chloride) (about 0.006% MgCI hexahydrate (magnesium chloride hexahydrate)), about 1 mM sodium citrate (about 0.035% sodium citrate dihydrate), and about 16 mM Glucose (about 0.29% dextrose), in water.
- the GS2 plus medium thus comprises about 145 mM NaCl (about 0.85% NaCl), about 2 mM KC1 (about 0.015% KC1), about 0.7 mM CaCk (calcium chloride) (about 0.01% CaCk dihydrate (calcium chloride dihydrate)), about 0.3 mM MgCk (magnesium chloride) (about 0.006% MgCl hexahydrate (magnesium chloride hexahydrate)), about 1 mM sodium citrate (about 0.035% sodium citrate dihydrate), about 16 mM Glucose (about 0.29% dextrose), and about 3 mM of sodium phosphate monobasic dehydrate, in water.
- the diluent is a solution comprising about 0.1 to about 1.2 mM CaCk, about 0.05 to about 5 mM MgCk, about 1 to about 2.5 mM KC1, about 0.5 to about 2 mM sodium citrate, about 14 to about 17 mM dextrose, and about 125 to about 175 mM NaCl.
- the diluent is a solution comprising about 0.9 mM CaCk, about 0.3 mM MgCk, about 2 mM KC1, about 1.2 mM sodium citrate, about 15 mM dextrose, and about 145 mM NaCl.
- the diluent may further comprise sodium acetate.
- the diluent may further comprise a polymer such as hyaluronic acid or a solvate thereof such as sodium hyaluronate, optionally at a concentration of about 0.01 to about 0.05% (w/v), including about 0.05% (w/v). It may further comprise buffering components such as sodium phosphate dibasic heptahydrate and/or sodium phosphate monobasic monohydrate and/or sodium phosphate monobasic dihydrate.
- the diluent is a solution comprising about 0.008% to about 0.012% CaCk dihydrate, about 0.0048% to about 0.0072% MgCk hexahydrate, about 0.012% to about 0.018% KC1, about 0.028% to about 0.042% sodium citrate dihydrate, about 0.23% to about 0.35% dextrose, and about 0.68% to about 1.02% NaCl.
- the diluent is a solution that comprises about 0.01% CaCk dihydrate, about 0.006% MgCk hexahydrate, about 0.015% KC1, about 0.035% sodium citrate dihydrate, at least 0.25% dextrose, and about 0.85% NaCl.
- the diluent may further comprise sodium acetate.
- the diluent may further comprise a polymer such as hyaluronic acid or a solvate thereof such as sodium hyaluronate, optionally at a concentration of about 0.01 to about 0.05% (w/v), including about 0.05% (w/v). It may further comprise buffering components such as sodium phosphate dibasic heptahydrate and/or sodium phosphate monobasic monohydrate and/or sodium phosphate monobasic dihydrate.
- the diluent comprises about 0.27% glucose, about 0.84% sodium chloride, about 0.016% potassium chloride, about 0.01% calcium chloride, about 0.006% magnesium chloride, about 0.036% sodium citrate, and optionally sodium acetate, (e.g., at about 0.08% ), optionally sodium hyaluronate (e.g., at about 0.049%), and optionally sodium phosphate dibasic heptahydrate (e.g., at about 0.0007%) and sodium phosphate monobasic monohydrate (e.g., at about 0.0001%).
- the diluent comprises about 15 mM glucose, about 144 mM sodium chloride, about 2.1 mM potassium chloride, about 0.9 m calcium chloride, about 0.3 mM magnesium chloride, about 1.2 mM sodium citrate, optionally sodium acetate (e.g., at about 6 mM), optionally sodium hyaluronate, and optionally sodium phosphate dibasic heptahydrate (e.g., at about 0.027 mM) and sodium phosphate monobasic monohydrate (e.g., at about 0.007 mM).
- diluents include GS2.
- the diluent comprises about 0.27% glucose, about 0.84% sodium chloride, about 0.016% potassium chloride, about 0.01% calcium chloride, about 0.006% magnesium chloride, about 0.036% sodium citrate, and optionally sodium acetate (e.g., at about 0.08%), optionally sodium hyaluronate (e.g., at about 0.049%), and optionally sodium phosphate monobasic dihydrate (e.g., at about 0.047%).
- the diluent comprises about 15 mM glucose, about 144 mM sodium chloride, about 2.1 mM potassium chloride, about 0.9 mM calcium chloride, about 0.3 mM magnesium chloride, about 1.2 mM sodium citrate, optionally sodium acetate (e.g., at about 6 mM), optionally sodium hyaluronate, and optionally sodium phosphate monobasic dihydrate (e.g., at about 3 mM).
- diluents include GS2 Plus.
- the GS2 medium may further comprise a viscoelastic polymer in an amount effective to reduce shear stress on cells, e.g., at a final concentration of about 0.005-5% w/v.
- the viscoelastic polymer is hyaluronic acid or a salt or solvate thereof.
- the GS2 and GS2 plus mediums are as set forth in Table 5 below:
- the diluent is a solution comprising (a) a buffer that maintains the solution at a physiological pH; and (b) at least 2 mM glucose; and (c) an osmotically active agent maintaining the solution at a physiological osmolarity.
- the diluent is GS2 or GS2 plus.
- the diluent is a solution comprising (a) a buffer that maintains the solution at a physiological pH; (b) at least 2 mM glucose; and (c) an osmotically active agent maintaining the solution at an osmolarity that is higher than physiological osmolarity, for example in the range of 350-450 mOsm/kg or an osmolality in the range of 1250 mOsm/kk -300 mOsm/kg.
- the diluent further comprises divalent cations.
- divalent cations comprises calcium and/or magnesium.
- the diluent comprises calcium.
- the diluent further comprises magnesium.
- the diluent comprises an acetate buffer and/or a citrate buffer.
- the diluent is a solution which combines two or more or any number of criteria (e.g., pH, osmolarity, solutes (buffer, glucose, osmotically active agent, magnesium, calcium, potassium, polymer), concentrations, etc.).
- the diluent is a solution comprising a buffering agent, glucose, and an osmotically active agent with or without added polymer, a solution comprising potassium and a solution not comprising potassium, as well as a solution comprising any combination of solutes at any concentration provided for the respective solute.
- the diluent is a solution comprising or consisting essentially of calcium chloride, magnesium chloride, sodium citrate, sodium chloride, and glucose, e.g., D-glucose, in water.
- the diluent is a solution comprising or consisting essentially of calcium chloride, magnesium chloride, sodium citrate, sodium chloride, glucose, e.g., D-glucose, and potassium chloride, in water.
- the diluent is GS2 or GS2 plus, as described in W02017/031312A1, the contents of which is incorporated by reference herein.
- the diluent is a solution comprising about 0.1 to about 1.2 mM CaCI . about 0.05 to about 5 mM MgCk, about 1 to about 2.5 mM KC1, about 0.5 to about 2 mM sodium citrate, about 15 to about 17 mM dextrose, and about 125 to about 175 mM NaCl.
- the diluent may further comprise a polymer, and said polymer may be present at a concentration of about 0.01 to about 0.05% (w/v)
- the polymer may be hyaluronic acid or a solvate thereof such as sodium hyaluronate.
- the diluent is a solution comprising about 0.9 mM CaCI . about 0.3 mM MgCI?. about 2 mM KC1, about 1.2 mM sodium citrate, about 15 mM dextrose, and about 145 mM NaCl.
- the diluent may further comprise sodium acetate.
- the diluent is a solution comprising about 0.008% to about 0.012% CaCI? dihydrate, about 0.0048% to about 0.0072% MgCI? hexahydrate, about 0.012% to about 0.018% KC1, about 0.028% to about 0.042% sodium citrate dihydrate, about 0.23% to about 0.35% dextrose, and about 0.68% to about 1.02% NaCl.
- the diluent is a solution that comprises about 0.01% CaCI? dihydrate, about 0.006% MgCI? hexahydrate, about 0.015% KC1, about 0.035% sodium citrate dihydrate, at least 0.25% dextrose, and about 0.85% NaCl.
- the diluent may further comprise sodium acetate.
- the cell preparations provided herein comprising photoreceptor rescue cells are formulated for administration to a subject, for example, for administration via injection, once thawed and diluted.
- Exemplary cell or tissue preparations, post-thaw may be formulated to be suitable for use in treating a human patient, e.g., pyrogen-free or essentially pyrogen-free, pathogen-free, sterile, and at physiological pH and osmolarity.
- the preparations provided herein are formulated for injection into a specific site, e.g., in the case of ophthalmologic preparations for treating retinal diseases or disorders, into the vitreous humor for delivery to the site of retinal or choroidal damage, via subre tinal delivery or via suprachoroidal delivery.
- Cell preparations provided by the present disclosure may include additionally therapeutic agents, for example, an immunosuppressant, a pro-angiogenic agent, or nutrients or growth factors supporting survival and/or implantation of the cells in the preparation.
- therapeutic agents for example, an immunosuppressant, a pro-angiogenic agent, or nutrients or growth factors supporting survival and/or implantation of the cells in the preparation.
- the volume and the number of cells in the cell preparations to be administered will depend on the specific application. Typically, for cell transplantation applications, it is desirable to reduce the volume administered as much as possible. Accordingly, the cell preparations may be formulated so that minimized volumes may be delivered. Cell concentrations for injection may be at any concentration that is effective and non-toxic. In some embodiments, the volume of the cell preparation to be administered is between 1 to 1000 pL.
- the volume of the cell preparation to be administered is between 1 to 50 pl, or between 10 to 50 pl or between 25 to 50 pl or between 50 to 100 pl or between 50 to 200 pl or between 50 to 300 pl or between 50 to 400 pl or between 50 to 500 pL, or between 100 to 500 pL, or between 100 to 400 pl or between 100 to 300
- I l l pL or between 100 to 300 j l or about 200 pL or about 150 pl.
- the volume of the cell preparation to be administered is about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60,65 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 900, 950 or 1000 pl.
- the number of cells and/or the concentration of cells in a cell preparation provided herein may be determined by counting viable cells and excluding non-viable cells.
- non-viable cells may be detected by failure to exclude a vital dye (such as Trypan Blue), or using a functional assay (such as the ability to adhere to a culture substrate, phagocytosis, etc.).
- the number of cells or the concentration of cells of a desired cell type may be determined by counting cells that express one or more cell markers characteristic of that cell type and/or excluding cells that express one or more markers indicative of a cell type other than the desired cell type.
- the number of cells and/or the concentration of cells in a cell preparation may be determined by manual counting, ViCell Blu- 2 Program (counts live and dead cells separately) and/or ViCell Blu mammalian (default settings).
- a cell preparation to be administered comprises about at least IxlO 4 ,
- the number of cells per vial is about 450,000 to 1,500,000 cells per vial prior to cryopreservation. In some embodiments, the number of cells per vial is about 1,750,000 to about 3,500,000 cells per vial prior to cryopreservation. In some embodiments, the number of cells per vial is about 450,000 to 1 ,500,000 cells per vial following cryopreservation, thawing and dilution. In some embodiments, the number of cells per vial is about 1,750,000 to about 3,500,000 cells per vial prior following cryopreservation, thawing and diluting.
- the afore-mentioned numbers of cells may be present in the cryopreserved cell preparation in a single cryo vial.
- the cells may be present in about 10 to about 500 pL of cryoprotective formulation, including in about 10 to about 200 pL of cryoprotective formulation, or in about 10 to about 100 pL of cryoprotective formulation, or about 10 to about 50 pL of cryoprotective formulation, or about 20 to about 50 pL of cryoprotective formulation.
- the population of photoreceptor rescue cells is suitable for transplantation into the eye of a subject.
- the cells so formulated may be generated by directed differentiation of pluripotent or multipotent stem cells, including human induced pluripotent stem cells (hiPSC), human embryonic stem cells (hESC) and somatic cells (including transdifferentiated cells and stem cells).
- the cell preparations comprise a population of photoreceptor rescue cells in a cryopreservative formulation provided herein.
- Suitable photoreceptor rescue cells may be differentiated from pluripotent stem cells, such as human embryonic stem cells or iPS cells, and are molecularly distinct from embryonic stem cells, iPS cells, adult-derived photoreceptor rescue cells, and fetal-derived photoreceptor rescue cells.
- adult-derived photoreceptor rescue cells and fetal-derived photoreceptor rescue cells are used.
- the cell preparation does not comprise a detectable amount of residual ES cells, such that the cell preparations provided herein do not pose an unacceptable risk to a recipient of such preparation.
- the cell preparation in some embodiments, does not comprise a detectable amount of residual iPS cells, such that the cell preparations provided herein do not pose an unacceptable risk to a recipient of such preparation.
- the cell preparation comprising a population of cells suitable for transplantation into the eye of a subject is suitable for injection into the eye of the subject.
- a cell preparation may be used for treating retinal degeneration diseases or disorders, including, but not limited to, retinal detachment, retinal dysplasia, Angioid streaks, Myopic Macular Degeneration, or retinal atrophy or associated with a number of vision-altering ailments that result in photoreceptor damage and blindness, such as, for example, choroideremia, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration (e.g., age related macular degeneration), retinitis pigmentosa, and Stargardt’s Disease (fundus flavimaculatus).
- retinal degeneration diseases or disorders including, but not limited to, retinal detachment, retinal dysplasia, Angioid streaks, Myopic Macular Degeneration, or retinal atrophy or associated with a number of vision-altering ailments that result in photoreceptor damage and blindness, such
- the volume of a pharmaceutical composition provided by some embodiments of this disclosure depends on factors such as the mode of administration, number of cells to be delivered, age and weight of the patient, and type and severity of the disease being treated.
- the volume of a pharmaceutical composition of cells of the disclosure may be about 1-1000 pL. In some embodiments, the volume may be about 1-200 pL.
- the volume of a composition of the disclosure may be about 10-50, 20-50, 25-50, or 1-200 pL.
- the volume of a composition of the disclosure may be about 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, or 200 pL, or higher.
- the concentration of cells in the cryopreservative formulation is about 10,000, 15,000, 20,000, 25,000, 30,000, 35,000, 40,000, 45,000, 50,000, 55,000, 60,000, 65,000, 70,000, 75,000, 80,000, 85,000, 90,000, 95,000, or 100,000 cells/pL.
- the concentration of cells in the cryopreservative formulation is about 10,000-100,000 cells/pL, 10,000-90,000 cells/pL, 10,000- 80,000 cells/pL, 10,000-70,000 cells/pL, 10,000-60,000 cells/pL, 10,000-50,000 cells/pL, 10,000- 40,000 cells/pL, 10,000-30,000 cells/pL, 10,000-20,000 cells/pL, 20,000-100,000 cells/pL, 20,000- 90,000 cells/pL, 20,000-80,000 cells/pL, 20,000-70,000 cells/pL, 20,000-60,000 cells/pL, 20,000- 50,000 cells/pL, 20,000-40,000 cells/pL, 20,000-30,000 cells/pL, 30,000-100,000 cells/pL, 30,000- 90,000 cells/pL, 30,000-80,000 cells/pL, 30,000-70,000 cells/pL, 30,000-60,000 cells/pL, 30,000- 50,000 cells/pL, 30,000-40,000 cells/pL, 30,000-70,000 cells/pL, 30,000-60,000 cells/pL
- the population of cells is at a concentration of about 300 cells - 10,000 cells/pL in the cell preparation. In some embodiments, the population of cells is at a concentration of about 3,000 cells - 5,000 cells/pL or 3,000 cells - 4,000 cells/pL in the cell preparation.
- the pharmaceutical composition or the cell preparation is not diluted (e.g., not diluted prior to administration to a subject).
- the preparation supports survival of the cells in the population of cells during storage of the preparation. In some embodiments, the preparation supports survival of the cells during storage for at least 1 week, at least 2 weeks, at least 3 weeks, at least 4 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 6 weeks, at least 7 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 9 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 11 weeks, at least 12 weeks, at least 16 weeks, at least 20 weeks, at least 24 weeks, at least 28 weeks, at least 32 weeks, at least 36 weeks, at least 40 weeks, at least 44 weeks, at least 48 weeks, at least 1 year, at least 2 years, at least 3 years, at least 4 years at least 5 years or more.
- At least 30% of the cells in the cell population are viable after about 1- 10 years, about 1-9 years, about 1-8 years, about 1-7 years about 1-6 years, about 1-5 years, about 1-4 years, about 1-3 years or about 1-2 years or less of storage of the preparation at -100 to -200 °C, preferably at less than -135 °C.
- at least 40% of the cells in the cell population are viable after about 1-10 years, about 1-9 years, about 1-8 years, about 1-7 years about 1-6 years, about 1-5 years, about 1-4 years, about 1-3 years or about 1-2 years or less of storage of the preparation at -100 to -200 °C, preferably at less than -135 °C.
- At least 50% of the cells in the cell population are viable after about 1-10 years, about 1-9 years, about 1-8 years, about 1-7 years about 1-6 years, about 1-5 years, about 1-4 years, about 1-3 years or about 1-2 years or less of storage of the preparation at -100 to -200 °C, preferably at less than -135 °C.
- at least 55% of the cells in the cell population are viable after about 1-10 years, about 1-9 years, about 1-8 years, about 1-7 years about 1-6 years, about 1-5 years, about 1-4 years, about 1- 3 years or about 1-2 years or less of storage of the preparation at -100 to -200 °C, preferably at less than -135 °C.
- At least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99% or 100% of the cells in the cell population are viable after about 1-10 years, about 1-9 years, about 1-8 years, about 1- 7 years about 1-6 years, about 1-5 years, about 1-4 years, about 1-3 years or about 1-2 years or less of storage of the preparation at -100 to -200 °C, preferably at less than -135 °C.
- the preparation supports maintenance of the plating efficiency of the population of cells during storage of the preparation.
- the population of cells exhibits at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99% or 100% of its original plating efficiency, wherein the original plating efficiency refers to the plating efficiency of the population of cells at the beginning of the storage period.
- the preparation is within a storage container. In some embodiments, the preparation is within a syringe or a cryovial.
- the cell preparations provided herein, post-thaw, are suitable for administration to a subject following minimal processing (e.g. dilution).
- the preparation consists essentially of cells, a cell population, or a tissue and a cryopreservative formulation as provided herein.
- the preparation comprises one or more pharmaceutically active ingredients, for example, a preservative, an antioxidant, a radical scavenger, an immunosuppressant, a pro-angiogenic factor, an anti-angiogenic factor, a growth hormone, or a cell nutrient or substrate supporting cell growth, survival, and implantation.
- Raw sequence data was mapped to the GRCh38 human genome using CellRanger-5.0.1. Mapped sequence data for scRNAseq was processed with Seurat and filtered for quality control metrics, run through dimensional reduction for visualization. Cells were plotted in the first two UMAP dimensions and colored by sample.
- ESCs Undifferentiated, research grade Jl-ESCs and Kd-ESCs.
- RPE Jl-RPE at P3+4mos timepoint.
- PRC Jl-PRC (P4), Kd-PRC (P4), GB2R-PRC-2019 (P4), GB2R-PRC-PR1 (P4), GB2R- PRC-CN2 (P4), GB2R-PRC-CN3 (P4).
- PRC lots include GB2R-PRC-2019 (or GB2R-2019), GB2R-PRC- CN1 (or GB2R-CN1), GB2R-PRC-CN2 (or GB2R-CN2), GB2R-PRC-CN3 (or GB2R-CN3), GB2R- PRC-PR1 (or GB2R-PR1), and GMP-MBC-GB2R.
- RNA extraction and cDNA synthesis were quantified by qRNA validation (FIG. IB).
- wells were washed with PBS and 350ul of RLT buffer with 1:100 B-ME was added to the wells. Cells were disrupted by pipetting 20-30 times, samples were then transferred to 2.0 mL Eppendorf tubes and stored at -80°C until further use.
- RNA extraction was performed with QIAcube (Qiagen) and RNeasy Plus Mini Kit (Qiagen, Cat# 74134) using the manufacturer’s recommendations.
- Measurement of RNA concentration was performed using Nanodrop 2000 (Thermofisher, Cat# ND2000CLAPTGP).
- the InvitrogenTM SuperScriptTM IV First- Strand Synthesis System cDNA synthesis with ezDNaseTM Enzyme was used according to the manufacturer’ s protocol. Briefly, 1 pg of total RNA was incubated for 2 minutes at 37°C with ezDNase buffer and ezDNase in GeneAmp® PCR system 2700. SuperScriptTM IV VILOTM Master Mix with reverse transcriptase (RT) and water were then added according to the manufacturer’s protocol.
- PCR reactions were run in Applied BiosystemsTM Quant studio 7 Flex PCR machine (Thermofisher, Cat#4485701) using a denaturation step of 95°C for 20 seconds following with 40 cycles with annealing at 95°C for 1 second and extension at 60°C for 20 seconds. See Table 6.
- Bioinformatics analysis Error propagation in qPCR validation of selected neuronal genes
- Mapped sequence data for scRNAseq was filtered for quality control metrics, run through dimensional reduction for visualization, and clustered using a shared nearest neighbor method with the Louvain algorithm. From there, differential expression was conducted on the clusters, and the most strongly differentially expressed genes were compared between the clusters and several published data sources. Numerous human datasets were used (see Table 2) to assign "best-guess" cell identities to the clusters based on the differentially expressed genes, and expression patterns during development and in the reviewed datasets. Cells were plotted in the first two UMAP dimensions, and colored by assigned cell type. Markers driving the "best-guess" assigned cell type are shown in Table 8.
- Mapped sequence data for scRNA-seq was filtered for quality control metrics, run through a dimensional reduction for visualization, and clustered using a shared nearest neighbor method with the Louvain algorithm.
- a differential expression analysis was conducted on the clusters and the most strongly differentially expressed genes (DEGs) were compared between the clusters and several published data sources. See Table 7.
- Table 7 Reference data sets used for scRNAseq analysis
- Final reaction mixture per well consisted of cDNA, Fast Advanced Master Mix (Thermo Fisher), nuclease free water, and the respective TaqMan probe.
- the total reaction volume per well was 12ul.
- Comparative Ct program on Quant Studio 7 flex instrument was used to run the qPCR.
- qPCR cycle parameters were as following: “Fast” with a hold stage at 95°C for (00.20), 40 cycles of PCR stage (step 1) at 95°C for (00.01) and a PCR stage (step 2) at 60°C for (00.20).
- GAPDH was used as reference gene.
- mRNA expression values for the target genes normalized to reference gene were obtained by calculating ACt (Ct value for target gene - Ct value of reference gene), followed by derivation of 2-ACt value.
- Tables 9-12 shows the cell types identified in PRC preparations, the marker used to identify said cell type, and the expression of each marker.
- FIG. IE shows expression of eye field progenitor markers, rod/cone photoreceptor markers, and neuronal markers in inhibitory neurons, excitatory neurons, alternative neurons, progenitors and astrocytes as shown in FIG. 1C.
- Table 9 shows cell markers categorized by cell type markers and their expression throughout the PRC composition manufacturing protocol as disclosed herein.
- Table 10 shows single cell-sequencing results providing the percentage of single cells in a PRC composition as disclosed herein that express a cell marker.
- Table 11 shows transcripts per million (TPM) for bulk RNA-seq data for PRC compositions as disclosed herein expressing a cell marker.
- TPM transcripts per million
- Table 12 shows cells that have been grouped based on expression of astrocytes, excitatory neurons, inhibitory neurons, alternative neurons, or progenitor markers and the percentage of those cells that express a particular marker as determined by single cell-sequencing.
- Table 9 shows cells that have been grouped based on expression of astrocytes, excitatory neurons, inhibitory neurons, alternative neurons, or progenitor markers and the percentage of those cells that express a particular marker as determined by single cell-sequencing.
- RNA Bulk Seq (transcript per million (TPM))
- cDNA synthesis was performed using the High-Capacity cDNA Reverse Transcription Kit (Thermofisher, Cat#4368813) according to the manufacturer’s protocol (FIG. 2B).
- TaqMan hPSC Scorecard Assay (Thermofisher, Cat#A15870) was used with Taqman standard master mix (Thermofisher, Cat# 4369016) following the manufacturer’s protocol.
- the PCR reactions were run in Applied BiosystemsTM Quant studio 7 Flex using the manufacturer’s recommended cycle parameters. Quantitative analysis of trilineage potential of PRC was performed using hPSC Scorecard analysis software (Thermofisher).
- DAPI Thermofisher, Cat#P36931
- PRCs markers of success were identified analyzing the transcriptomes of PRCs during different stages.
- Transcriptomes of GB2R PRCs during different stages of their protocol were combined into a single dataset, and transcription factors were focused on as the main drivers of GB2R PRC differentiation and maturation process.
- PCA-based dimensionality reduction techniques were applied to it, and leading principal components identified revealing the trajectory of differentiation and maturation of GB2R PRCs in the latent space of principal components.
- a linear model describing changes of gene expressions along the maturation trajectory was constructed and transcription factors with expressions systematically and monotonously changing along the differentiation trajectory were identified. Transcription factors most differentially expressed along the trajectory of differentiation/maturation of PRC GB2Rs were identified as the PRC markers of success.
- FIG. 2D shows an increase of expression of NEUROD2 at Pl, while FOXG1 and HMGA1 stayed mostly the same as P0.
- MAP2 88.4 (84.7-91.4); and SSEA4: 0.44 (0.15-0.88).
- RNA-seq analysis for PRC-P3 and PRC-P4 were performed (FIG. 2F). 19 genes were identified to be differentially expressed between PRC-P3 and PRC-P4. AGT, ACBLN2, CDH7, DNAH11, and EGR1 had increased expression in P4 compared to P3. FAM216B, FOS, KCNC2, LGI2, LOC221946, LRRC4C, MAP3kl9, OLFM3, PRND, PTGER3, RELN, TCERGIL, TSHR, and UNC13C had decreased expression in P4 compared to P3.
- Live/dead cell staining Cells are centrifuged at 300g at room temperature for 5 min, and following aspiration 1 ml PBS containing 1:10000 diluted Fixable Red Dead Cell Stain Kit is added and the cells are incubated at 4°C for 30 min. 5 ml PBS is added and the sample is centrifuged at 300g at room temperature for 5 min. The sample is aspirated and the cells are resuspended in HBSS (Thermo Fisher Scientific, cat# 14025092) + 2% FBS to 3xl0 6 /ml.
- HBSS Thermo Fisher Scientific, cat# 14025092
- SSEA4 staining 100 pl (3xl0 5 cells) of above cell suspension are transferred to a “U” bottom 96 well plate. 1 pl anti-SSEA4-FITC antibody is added (Miltenyi Biotech, 130-122-918) per well, mixed well and the cells are incubated at 4°C for 30 min. The cells are washed twice: 1st wash with 200pl HBSS + 2% FBS per well, followed by centrifuging at 2000 rpm at 4°C for 1 min, 2nd wash with 200pl PBS per well followed by centrifuging at 2000 rpm at 4°C for 1 min.
- Fixation and permeabilization lOOpl Fix/Perm buffer (Transcription Factor Buffer Set, BD Bioscience, cat# 562574) is added per well, mixed well, and the cells are incubated at 4°C for 30 min. The cells are washed twice: each wash with 200 pl Fix/Perm buffer per well followed by centrifuging at 2000 rpm for 1 min at 4°C.
- Fix/Perm buffer Transcription Factor Buffer Set, BD Bioscience, cat# 562574
- F0XG1/MAP2 staining Cells are resuspended with 50 pl Fix/Perm buffer per well, 50pl 2pg/ml anti-FOXGl (Abeam, cat# abl96868) or 2pg/ml anti-MAP2 (Cell Signaling, cat# 4542S) antibody is added per well, the cells are mixed well and incubated at 4°C for 30min. The cells are washed twice: each wash with 200pl Fix/Perm buffer per well followed by centrifuging at 2000rpm at 4°C for 1 min.
- PRC-P4 cells were thawed on compliant matrix (PDL, Fibronectin and Laminin-521) at a density of 220K-250K cells per well of 24W plate (surface area of well - 1.9cm2).
- PDL compliant matrix
- Laminin-5211 a density of 220K-250K cells per well of 24W plate (surface area of well - 1.9cm2).
- DI compliant matrix
- TBHP dilutions laOuM to 50uM
- TBHP solution is very concentrated (approx. 5.
- 1:10 serial dilutions were used to get down to a targeted concentration.
- Final TBHP dilutions were done in the PRC media.
- Luminex assay Life technologies Procartaplex 6 Plex Luminex assay, Assay ID: MX323GF, Species: Human, Targets (Neuro): CNTF, GFAP, MIF, NCAM-1, SIOOB, Tau (Total)
- Millipore Milliplex Analyzer with Luminex MAP technology was used to obtain Mean fluorescent intensity (MFI) for each sample and standards.
- MFI Mean fluorescent intensity
- MFI Mean fluorescent intensity
- concentrations standard curve was plotted for known concentrations against the readout (MFI) for each concentration.
- Sigmoidal 4PL (4 parameter logistic) method on GraphPad Prism was used for curve fitting and data analysis. Concentrations of the test samples were extrapolated on the standard curve.
- Results were compared to secreted factors from PRC cells without oxidative stress (FIG. 3B).
- PRC-P4 cells were thawed and seeded on a compliant matrix (PDL, Fibronectin and Laminin-521) at a density of 120K cells per well of 24W plate (surface area of well - 1.9cm2).
- PDL compliant matrix
- Fibronectin and Laminin-521 were fed with fresh media a day after seeding
- Conditioned media was collected after 2 days of feeding or 3 days after seeding. The conditioned media was spun at 4000g for 10 minutes to get rid of debris.
- Conditioned media was aliquoted and stored at -80°C for Luminex assay. One to two wells of cells were counted using accutase.
- Luminex assay Life technologies Procartaplex 6 Plex Luminex assay, Assay ID: MX323GF, Species: Human, Targets (Neuro): CNTF, GFAP, MIF, NCAM-1, SIOOB, Tau (Total)
- Millipore Milliplex Analyzer with Luminex MAP technology was used to obtain Mean fluorescent intensity (MFI) for each sample and standards.
- MFI Mean fluorescent intensity
- MFI Mean fluorescent intensity
- concentrations standard curve was plotted for known concentrations against the readout (MFI) for each concentration.
- Sigmoidal 4PL (4 parameter logistic) method on GraphPad Prism was used for curve fitting and data analysis. The concentrations of the test samples was extrapolated on the standard curve.
- Subretinal engraftment of PRCs suppress microglial infiltration into the ONL (FIG. 3C).
- microglia migrate to the outer retina in response to oxidative stress.
- Confocal imaging of retinal cross sections shows a decrease in the infiltration of Ibal-i- (Wako 019-19741) microglia to the outer retina in the presence of engrafted PRCs compared to non-engrafted areas where microglia thoroughly populate the subretinal space.
- the outer retina is demarcated at the anterior end by the outer plexiform layer (OPL) and enclosed by the RPE layer at the posterior end as shown by the yellow dashed lines.
- OPL outer plexiform layer
- the LPS solution at 10 ug/mL is made from 5 mg/mL LPS stock in SIM-A9 media.
- Carnitine solutions at concentrations of 30mM, lOmM, 2mM, and OmM (Vehicle - water) in PRC media (NDM) were prepared.
- the L-Carnitine solutions were diluted to half the original concentrations by adding equal volume of SIM-A9 media with lOug/ml LPS to L-Carnitine solutions.
- Final concentrations of L-Carnitine solutions are 15mM, 5mM, ImM and OmM, and final concentration of LPS is 5ug/ml in each L-Carnitine solution.
- SIMAO cells were treated with L-Carnitine solutions with LPS for 24 hours.
- Conditioned media was collected from the SIM-A9 wells. The conditioned media at was spun at 4000g for 10 minutes to get rid of debris. Conditioned media was aliquoted and then stored at -80C for TNF-alpha ELISA.
- RNA-protect solution for RNA extraction, cDNA synthesis, and RNA expression analysis for ILlb and NOS2 by qPCR following the methodology explained in the “RNA expression analysis by qPCR” section.
- PRCs were assessed on ability to phagocytize pHrodo E. coli particles (FIG. 3E).
- PRC-P4 cells were thawed and seeded on PDL + Fibronectin + Laminin-521 (PDL: Advanced biomatrix, cat# 5049-50ml; Human Fibronectin: Akron Biotech, cat# AK9715-0005; Laminin 521: Biolamina, cat# LN521) at a density of 2.5xl0 5 cells per well in 24 well plate. Cells were refed on the next day, 0.5ml per well.
- pHrodo Bioparticles were prepared 2 days after plating the cells by adding 2 mL Neural Differentiation Medium (NDM) to one vial of pHrodo Bioparticles to make a 1 mg Bioparticles/mL suspension. Bioparticle vials were vortexed at 3,200 rpm for 45-50 min in 4°C confirming no aggregates. 2 days after plating the cells, 200 pl NDM + 300 pl (300 pg) pHrodo Bioparticles were added per well. pHrodo Bioparticles and cells were incubated at 37°C or 13°C (lower temperature control) for 20-28 hours. To harvest and for flow cytometry analysis, cells were washed at least 3 times with 200 pl PBS per well.
- NDM Neural Differentiation Medium
- Cells were dissociated with StemPro Accutase (Thermo Fisher Scientific, cat# Al 110501) by adding 300pl per well and incubating at 37°C for 7 min. Single cell suspension was made by pipetting the cell suspension. 300 pl NDM was added per well and collected cell suspension was transferred to “U” bottom polystyrene tubes. Cell suspensions were centrifuged at 160g for 5 minutes at RT. Supernatants were aspirated and 300pl HBSS + 2% FBS+ 1 pg/ml propidium iodide (Thermo Fisher Scientific, cat# P3566) was added. Tubes were vortex-mixed for approximately three 3 seconds and samples were analyzed with Sony Cell Analyzer S A3800.
- a non-absorbable suture (4-0) (Ethicon, Inc., Somerville, NJ) was put in place to hold the eyeball forward.
- a 25 5/8 G metal needle was used to make a sclerotomy at the upper dorsal temporal region of the eye.
- 2 pl of cell suspension were drawn into a sterile glass pipette (internal diameter 50 -150 pm) via a plastic tube filled with GS that was attached to a 25pl Hamilton syringe.
- Cells or GS (2uL volume) were injected into the subretinal space through the site of the sclerotomy.
- the cornea was punctured using 30 G metal needle.
- EM confirms the presence of multilamellar structures, identified as rod outer segment fragments, localized to the cytoplasm of engrafted PRCs in the subretinal space (FIG. 3F, right panel). Tissue processing and imaging was performed according to standard procedures and images were captured on a Phillips CM 10.
- Rats at ⁇ P25 were anesthetized with ketamine (75mg/kg) and dexmedetomidine (0.25mg/kg) intraperitoneally (IP).
- IP intraperitoneally
- the eye was dilated with 1% Tropicamide (Bausch & Lomb, Rochester, NY) or 1% atropine (Bausch & Lomb) or 2.5% phenylephrine hydrochloride (Bausch & Lomb Inc).
- a nonabsorbable suture (4-0) (Ethicon, Inc., Somerville, NJ) was put in place to hold the eyeball forward.
- a 25 5/8 G metal needle was used to make a sclerotomy at the upper dorsal temporal region of the eye.
- OMR Optomotor Response
- OMR testing was performed on animals at P60, P90, P120, P210, and P270 using the OptoMotry testing apparatus (Cerebral Mechanics Inc., Lethbridge, Canada) (Prusky, 2004).
- the OptoMotry device uses four computer monitors arranged in a square to project a virtual three- dimensional (3-D) space of a rotating cylinder lined with a vertical sine wave grating. Unrestrained animals were placed on a platform in the center of the square, where they tracked the grating with reflexive head movements. The spatial frequency of the grating was clamped at the viewing position by re-centering the ‘cylinder’ on the animal’s head. The acuity threshold was quantified by increasing the spatial frequency of the grating using a psychophysics staircase progression until the following response was lost.
- Electroretinography ECG
- ERG was performed on animals at P60, P90, P120, and P210. Animals were prepared for ERG recording under dim red light following overnight dark adaptation. After anesthesia injection using a mixture of ketamine (150 mg/kg i.p.) and xylazine (10 mg/kg i.p.), the head was secured with a stereotaxic device and the body temperature was kept at 38 °C throughout the experiment using a homeothermic blanket. Pupils were dilated with 2.5% topical phenylephrine plus 1% atropine and a drop of 0.9% saline was applied on the cornea to prevent the dehydration and allow electrical contact with the recording electrode. Single flash presentations with a standard duration of 10 seconds were given and the responsiveness was recorded using Espion E3 Electroretinography System (Diagnosys LLC).
- Sections were removed from -80°C and dried for ⁇ 10 min at room temperature (RT) then washed in lx PBS for 5 minutes at RT. Boundaries around sections are marked using liquid blocker super pap pen (Fisher Scientific, Cat.no NC9827128). Slides are then incubated in blocking buffer: IX PBS with 5% Horse serum and 0.3% Triton-X for 1 hour at either 4°C or RT. Blocking buffer is removed and primary antibody solution is added in a humidified chamber overnight at 4°C. Slides are then washed with IxPBS and incubated with secondary antibody solution for 1 hour at 4°C plus 4’, 6- diamidino-2-phenylindole (DAPI) (1:1000). After washing, coverslips are mounted using Prolog Gold anti-fade mounting media (Invitrogen, Cat.no P36930) and allowed to cure for ⁇ 24 hours at RT. Engraftment vs. ONL preservation Morphometry
- Imaging for Immunohistochemistry was performed using a Leica SP8 Confocal microscope operating the Leica LasX software suite. Image manipulation (re-sizing, cropping, color correction) was performed using ImageJ image processing and analysis software from the National Institutes of Health (NIH). Images were assembled for presentation using Microsoft PowerPoint.
- test animals P14 RdlO mouse
- ketamine/xylazine cocktail When a test animal achieved deep anesthesia indicated by slowed breathing and lack of response to a toe pinch, it is placed on its side under a dissecting microscope so that the eye to receive the procedure is positioned up. The skin above and below the eye is pulled back so that the eye proptoses (pops out).
- Betadine eye drops (5%, sterile ophthalmic grade) are administered to the eye for topical disinfection of the globe, and artificial tears can be applied to rinse the excess betadine from the eye.
- Proparacaine eye drops are applied to numb the eye and surrounding tissue, as well as phenylephrine (2.5%) and tropicamide eye drops to dilate the pupils.
- excess solution is removed using a fabric-tipped swab.
- a hole is cut in the conjunctiva to expose the sclera. Using a 30 ga beveled needle, a pilot hole is made on the limbal area.
- the micro syringe with 34 ga needle containing PRC suspension or vehicle buffer is inserted into the hole under visual guidance and injection material is ejected into the eye via manual depression of the plunger. Following the injection, the needle is slowly removed from the eye, and the animal is placed on the opposite side to perform the injection procedures on the second eye. Immediately after injection procedures, OCT imaging will be performed to evaluate injection success. After imaging, erythromycin (0.5%) ophthalmic ointment is applied to the surgical site for both anti-microbial and lubricating functions. For successfully injected mice, Antisedan (atipamezole, 2 mg/kg) is administered IP to aid in the recovery process. Subcutaneous saline may be administered for hydration. Finally, the animal is moved to a heated cage to prevent hypothermia until sternal recumbency, and subsequent return to its home cage
- Sectioned tissue from FY2019 lot PRC (GB2R-PRC-2019 (P4), 100,000 cells/eye) injected P28 rdlO mice were utilized for morphometric analysis and rod synapse counting.
- Area tracing of the photoreceptor outer nuclear layer (ONL) from regions of the eye with subretinal PRC engraftment and distal to the site of engraftment towards both the central and peripheral retina were utilized for morphometry.
- N 4 evenly distributed slides spanning the sequence of sections which include engraftment for each of three eyes were utilized for morphometry. Sampling depth through each eye approximately equaled 480 pm.
- Immunohistochemistry was performed using antibodies selective for STEM121 (human cytoplasmic marker; Takara Inc.) and the tissue was counterstained with DAPI. 2 eyes/slide were imaged generating 8 images/eye for each rdlO eye. The images were exported as scaled tiff images with embedded scale bars and ONL area traces were generated using ImageJ analysis software of the DAPI labeled ONL. ONL area was plotted and compared using GraphPad Prism8 statistical software. For cone length analysis serial sections were stained as described for morphometry with antibodies selective for cone arrestin (Millipore) and STEM1281 (human nuclear antigen; Millipore) and imaged.
- the axial length of labelled cones from outer segment to axonal pedicle was measured at the site of subretinal PRC engraftment and distal to the site of engraftment towards both the central and peripheral retina and compared using GraphPad Prism8 statistical software.
- Rod synapse analysis sections were prepared as described for morphometry and stained with antibodies selective for cone arrestin (MilliporeSigma) and ribeye/CtBP2 (BD Biosciences).
- Ribeye positive/cone arrestin negative synapse were counted at the site of subretinal PRC engraftment and distal to the site of engraftment towards both the central and peripheral retina and compared using GraphPad Prism8 statistical software.
- RCS rats received either a subretinal injection of PRC-EVs or GS2 (vehicle) at P23 to P25 (23 and 25 postnatal days, respectively).
- PRC-EVs were administered at a dose of 9.42xlO A 8 EVs per eye.
- Spatial frequency was measured by recording optomotor responses at P60, P90 and P120 (60, 90 and 120 postnatal days). Animals were sacrificed at P90 and P120 for histological analysis.
- RCS rats received either a subretinal injection of PRC-EVs or GS2 (vehicle) at post-natal days 23 to 25 (P23 to P25).
- PRC-EVs were administered at a dose of 9.42xlO A 8 EVs per eye.
- spatial frequency was measured by recording optomotor responses at P60, P90 and P120. Animals were sacrificed at P90 and P120 for histological analysis.
- ONL thickness was determined by line graph measurements through the ONL at central and peripheral areas for a total of 3 to 5 regions of interest (ROIs) per retina. Total ONL thickness was taken as the average ONL length from each ROI.
- ROIs regions of interest
- RCS homozygous rats were injected with 16.5-200k PRCs subretinally in one eye (Summary depicted in FIG. 4A).
- the control eye partner eye was injected with vehicle or was left uninjected. Injection was at P25.
- FIG. 4C Representative images showing PRC engraftment significantly attenuates outer nuclear layer (ONL) degeneration out to 3 months post-transplantation.
- Confocal images show PRC engraftment is highly correlated with ONL preservation. Although an overall gradual decrease in ONL thickness with the progression of age is observed in the "no graft" areas, there is significant preservation of the ONL at graft areas compared to non-engrafted areas in each age group. Stained retinal sections were imaged using the Leica MDi8 epifluorescent microscope.
- Regions of Interest were subsequently identified as “Graft” or “No Graft” by the presence of subretinal HuNu-i- PRCs.
- Regions of Interest were subsequently identified as “Graft” or “No Graft” by the presence of subretinal HuNu-i- PRCs.
- P4 Area plot of GB2R-PRC-2019 (P4) engrafted PRCs vs. photoreceptor ONL in the P120 RCS rat model of retinal degeneration (FIG. 4E). Statistical analysis was performed using the Pearson correlation coefficient.
- GFAP glial fibrillary acid protein
- ABCAM glial fibrillary acid protein
- Upregulation and increased distribution of GFAP, MG hypertrophy, and outer nuclear layer (ONL) degeneration is reduced or absent at the subretinal PRC graft site.
- TUNEL quantification (TUNEL label Mix, Sigma catalog# 11767291910, TUNEL enzyme Sigma catalog# 11767305001) was performed at P35 during which peak apoptotic activity is observed in the RCS retina (FIG. SB).
- PRCs engrafted in the subretinal space were identified by Ku80+ staining (Abeam, ab80592) of adjacent sections (see below). In PRC engrafted areas, very few, if any TUNEL+ nuclei are observed, indicating little to no apoptotic activity at graft sites. However, nonengrafted areas contain significant TUNEL+ nuclei in the ONL, indicating widespread photoreceptor death at P35.
- TUNEL+ nuclei in the ONL shows significant attenuation of apoptotic activity at graft sites vs non-graft areas.
- Retinal sections through the PRC graft were chosen for TUNEL quantification and stained with Ku80 to localize engrafted PRCs and DAPI to identify the ONL.
- a total of 3 to 4 regions of interest (ROIs) were imaged at central and peripheral regions per retina.
- ROIs were subsequently identified as “Graft” or “No Graft” by the presence of subretinal Ku80+ PRCs.
- Extracellular vesicles (EVs) isolated from PRCs preserve OMR response out to P90 in RCS rats (FIG. 5C).
- EVs were isolated from PRC conditioned media and subretinally injected into RCS rats at a dose of 9.42* 10 A 8 EVs/eye.
- Other RCS rats received subretinal injections of PRCs (100,000 cells/eye), or vehicle. Injections were performed at age P25. OMR analysis was performed at P60, 90,120 and compared to non-injected (NI) animals at the same age.
- PRC -derived EVs can at least partially recapitulate efficacy observed with subretinally injected PRC cells and supports secretion of paracrine-acting factors as part of the PRC mechanism of action.
- ONL thickness was measured in P90 (FIGs. 5E, 5F, and 5G) and P120 (FIG. 5H) rats.
- ONL analysis of EV -treated rats shows single injection of PRC-EVs confers morphological preservation of the ONL up to P90 but not at P120 (FIG. 5J), corresponding with the lack of OMR preservation in the latter age group.
- PRC-EV treatment maintains visual function and preserves outer retinal morphology up to P90
- subretinal cell transplantation of PRCs preserves ONL thickness up to P120 (FIG. 5K) confirming prolonged morphological preservation of the ONL with subretinal cell transplantation compared to treatment with single EV injection.
- TEM ultrastructural analysis shows overall morphological preservation of photoreceptors as well as finer structures such as the connecting cilium of the rod inner segment in the presence of subretinal PRCs (FIG. 6C). Finally, PRC engraftment minimizes the debris zone of the subretinal space. In the absence of subretinal PRCs, rod outer segment debris populates most of the subretinal space due to non-clearance after outer segment shedding.
- ONL preservation quantified as ONL area (mm2) can be identified at the locus of PRC subretinal engraftment compared with adjacent nongrafted central and peripheral retina.
- Ribeye (also called ct-BP2, BD transduction Laboratories 612044, 1:500), is a marker of presynaptic structure located at the axon terminal of photoreceptors, that shows the synaptic connection between photoreceptor and horizontal cells (FIG. 9B, right panel). Quantification of data shows Ribeye puncta expression was higher in graft retina than that in no graft retina (40 vs 20/100um retina).
- FIG. 9C shows a schematic of dosing P23H rats.
- a P23H rat is an autosomal dominant retinitis pigmentosa (RP) model, where a mutated mouse rhodopsin (Rho) transgene is incorporated in the wild-type Sprague Dawley rat.
- RP autosomal dominant retinitis pigmentosa
- Rho mutated mouse rhodopsin
- P23 hemizygous rats were injected at P25 subretinally with 100K cells in one eye. Vehicle or non-injection was used for the partner eye as a control.
- OMR and ERG were performed at P60, P90, and P120 on both eyes, and histology analysis was performed at P120.
- FIG. 10A Schematic depiction of HuNu-i- cell quantification process (FIG. 10A).
- RCS rats aged P23 to P25 were given subretinal injections of 100,000 GB2R PRCs or GS2 vehicle.
- the number of engrafted PRCs was quantified in 4 transplanted animals at Pl 20, or 3 months post-transplantation (FIG. 10B). Quantification of total HuNu-i- PRCs in the subretinal grafts shows an average of 80,000 transplanted cells per eye which translates to an overall 80% rate of engraftment compared to an initial injection of 100,000 cells per injection.
- rdlO mouse and P23H homozygous rat models of retinal degeneration show significantly less engraftment with 19% (rdlO mouse) and 2% (P23H homozygous rat) of the subretinal space showing PRC engraftment at the length maxima.
- Relative Retinal Length Graft Coverage graph Relative ratio calculations present coverage relative to the different sizes of the mouse and rat eyes while plots of maximal lengths display absolute lengths of engraftment.
- the rdlO mouse and P23H rat show decreased engraftment in both relative and absolute terms compared to both RCS and P23H hemizygous rats.
- PRCs have limited proliferation, do not display markers of pluripotency with no safety abnormalities observed in PRC -treated RCS.
- Proliferation in subretinal PRCs is downregulated by P120 (FIG. 11A).
- HuNu Micropore, MAB1281
- Ki67 Abeam abl5580
- Double positive cells in the subretinal graft were quantified in retinal cross sections in P35, P60 (not shown) and P120 animals. A total of three animals were used for each timepoint. Confocal images show Ki67 and HuNu double -positive cells in the subretinal space at P35.
- proliferative (Ki67+) PRCs are not observed. Quantification reveals significant downregulation of Ki67 and HuNu doublepositive PRCs by P120, or 3 months post-transplantation (bar graph in lower left panel).
- the effects of PRCs on 3 specific targets in the degenerating retina may be responsible for PRC efficacy in delaying vision loss: (1) Maintaining health of photoreceptors, which are important for initiation of visual phototransduction cascade; (2) Limiting microglial overactivity, which otherwise may exacerbate the degenerative process; and (3) Reducing accumulation of degenerative debris through phagocytosis, which otherwise contributes to further loss of photoreceptors.
- Methods of action related to target biology include (1) Paracrine-mediated neuroprotection of photoreceptors; data with PRC-secreted EVs suggests neuroprotection is a major contributing factor to PRC efficacy while other mechanisms may play a supportive role, such as; (2) PRC-associated reduction in glial cell reactivity and expression of anti-oxidant factors; and (3) PRC phagocytosis of degenerative debris.
- Target indication/patients for treatment with PRCs are patients diagnosed with Retinitis Pigmentosa with BCVA of 20/100 or worse regardless of genetic mutation. PRCs are expected to maintain or slow down loss of visual acuity as assessed by BCVA or other visual test (TBD). For example, slowing down retinal degeneration via fundus autofluorescence, spectral domain (SD)-OCT, and/or microperimetry.
- FIGs. 12A and 12B Schematics are shown of alternative PRC manufacturing process in FIGs. 12A and 12B.
- hESCs from the GMP-GB2R-MCB are thawed (day -10), counted and seeded on culture vessels coated with iMatrix (Laminin-511 , Matrixome) and cultured with StemFit medium (Ajinomoto) supplemented with 100 ng/mL bFGF (Peprotech) and 10 pM ROCK inhibitor (Y-27632; Fujifilm/Wako) under feeder-free conditions.
- hESCs are harvested using Cell Dissociation Buffer (Gibco) and reseeded using the above culture conditions. After an additional 4 days in culture (day - 2), hESCs are harvested as above, % viability and a viable cell count are obtained, and hESCs are seeded at 3,000 cells/cm2 for PRC differentiation on iMatrix-coated culture T75 flasks in StemFit+bFGF medium supplemented with ROCK inhibitor (Y-27632).
- Cell Dissociation Buffer Gibco
- hESCs are harvested as above, % viability and a viable cell count are obtained, and hESCs are seeded at 3,000 cells/cm2 for PRC differentiation on iMatrix-coated culture T75 flasks in StemFit+bFGF medium supplemented with ROCK inhibitor (Y-27632).
- mice are fed with (1) Day -1 - StemFit + bFGF (without ROCK inhibitor); (2) Day 0 to day 3 (daily) - Rescue Induction Medium (RIM: DMEM/F12 + B27 + N2 + Non-essential amino acids (all from Gibco) + glucose (Sigma) + Insulin (Akron Biotech) + Noggin (Gibco)); and (3) Day 4 to day 19 (every 2-3 days) — Neural Differentiation Medium Plus Noggin (NDM+: Neurobasal Medium + B27 + N2 + Non-essential amino acids + glucose + glutamax (Gibco) + Noggin).
- RIM DMEM/F12 + B27 + N2 + Non-essential amino acids (all from Gibco) + glucose (Sigma) + Insulin (Akron Biotech) + Noggin (Gibco)
- Day 4 to day 19 — Neural Differentiation Medium Plus Noggin (NDM+: Neurobasal Medium + B27 + N2 + Non
- spheres in suspension are seeded (3D to 2D) onto culture vessels coated with poly-D-lysine (Advanced Biomatrix), viral inactivated human fibronectin (Akron Biotech) and laminin-521 (Biolamina) to start Passage 0 (POdO), and cultured under 2D conditions for 14 days (until P0dl4) using NDM- (feeding every 2-3 days).
- 2D to 3D to 2D transitions are repeated three times (through Pl, P2 and P3, 3-4 days in 3D and 14 days in 2D culture) until P3dl4 is reached after 90 days of differentiation.
- P3dl4 cultures are harvested using Accutase (Innovative Cell Technologies) and cultured in ultra-low attachment T75 flasks for 24 hours. Then, P3-spheres are cryopreserved by resuspending in Cryostor CS10 (Stemcell Technologies) and freezing to -80°C, and then transferred to the vapor phase of liquid nitrogen for storage. The cryopreserved P3 spheres are called Cell Stock (CS).
- Cryostor CS10 Stemcell Technologies
- CS Cell Stock
- vials of CS are thawed in a water bath at 37°C, resuspended in NDM- and transferred to ultra-low attachment T75 flasks and cultured in 3D suspension for 2-3 days, followed by re -plating onto T75 flasks coated with poly-D- lysine/fibronectin/laminin-521 and culture under 2D conditions for 14 days with NDM- to complete Passage 4.
- cells are harvested using Accutase, resuspended with NDM-, triturated and filtered through a 40pm cell strainer to obtain a single cell suspension that constitutes the PRC composition of the invention, which can be subsequently formulated with cryopreservative agents.
- PRC manufacturing protocol can be altered to allow for scaling up.
- the flasks used can be changed from T75 flasks to T225 flasks or cell stacks (e.g., Corning® CellSTACK®).
- the PRC manufacturing protocol can include an intermediary cryopreservation step at any one or more of between P0 and Pl, between Pl and P2, between P2 and P3, and/or between P3 and P4. In some embodiments, the PRC manufacturing protocol can exclude an intermediary cryopreservation step.
- the intermediary cryopreservation step can include 5% DMSO instead of 10% DMSO.
- the intermediary cryopreservation step can include about 1% DMSO, about 2% DMSO, about 3% DMSO, about 4% DMSO, about 5% DMSO, about 6% DMSO, about 7% DMSO, about 8% DMSO, about 9% DMSO, about 10% DMSO, about 11% DMSO, about 12% DMSO, about 14% DMSO, or about 15% DMSO.
- the intermediary cryopreservation step can include the cryopreservative formulation, as described herein.
- the PRC manufacturing protocol can include thermolysin and liberase at D19 and accutase followed by an overnight culture with Rock inhibitor.
- the lifted cells or cell clusters can be seeded in AggrewellsTM to allow for uniformly sized spheroids to develop.
- cultures are “lifted” into suspension culture (2D to 3D) through incubation with Accutase (Innovative Cell Technologies) and seeded on ultra-low attachment T75 flasks using NDM minus Noggin (NDM-) medium supplemented with Y-27632 (ROCK inhibitor, Fujifilm Wako).
- the growth medium is replaced with Y-27632-free NDM- and 3D cultures are maintained for additional 2-3 days using NDM- to allow for the formation of neural spheroids (“spheres”).
- spheres in suspension are seeded (3D to 2D) onto culture vessels coated with poly-D-lysine (Advanced Biomatrix), viral inactivated human fibronectin (Akron Biotech) and laminin-521 (Biolamina) to start Passage 0 (POdO), and cultured under 2D conditions for 14 days (until P0dl4) using NDM- (feeding every 2-3 days).
- 2D to 3D to 2D transitions are repeated three times (through Pl, P2 and P3, 3-4 days in 3D and 14 days in 2D culture) until P3dl4 is reached after 90 days of differentiation.
- P3dl4 cultures are harvested using Accutase (Innovative Cell Technologies) and cultured in ultra-low attachment T75 flasks for 24 hours. Then, P3-spheres are cryopreserved by resuspending in Cryostor CS10 (Stemcell Technologies) and freezing to -80°C, and then transferred to the vapor phase of liquid nitrogen for storage. The cryopreserved P3 spheres are called Cell Stock (CS).
- Cryostor CS10 Stem Technologies
- the PRC manufacturing protocol uses Aggrewells. According to this method, day 19, cultures are “lifted” into suspension culture (2D to 3D) through incubation with Accutase (Innovative Cell Technologies) and seeded on Aggrewell plates (Stemcell Technologies) using NDM minus Noggin (NDM-) medium supplemented with Y-27632 (ROCK inhibitor, Fujifilm Wako) to allow for the formation of neural spheroids (“spheres”). After 24 hours, cells are harvested from Aggrewell plates and transferred to ultra-low attachment T75 flasks where 3D cultures are maintained for an additional 2-3 days using Y-27632-free NDM-.
- spheres in suspension are seeded (3D to 2D) onto culture vessels coated with poly-D-lysine (Advanced Biomatrix), viral inactivated human fibronectin (Akron Biotech) and laminin-521 (Biolamina) to start Passage 0 (POdO), and cultured under 2D conditions for 14 days (until P0dl4) using NDM- (feeding every 2-3 days).
- 2D to 3D to 2D transitions are repeated three times (through Pl, P2 and P3, 3-4 days in 3D and 14 days in 2D culture) until P3dl4 is reached after 90 days of differentiation.
- P3dl4 cultures are harvested using Accutase (Innovative Cell Technologies) and cultured in ultra-low attachment T75 flasks for 24 hours. Then, P3-spheres are cryopreserved by resuspending in Cryostor CS10 (Stemcell Technologies) and freezing to -80°C, and then transferred to the vapor phase of liquid nitrogen for storage. The cryopreserved P3 spheres are called Cell Stock (CS).
- the PRC composition can be pretreated with sucrose, for example at D14 and P4, before being formulated with cryoprotective agents.
- cryopreservation step of the final PRC preparation can include poloxamer 188, a nonionic block linear copolymer and/or sucrose.
- the culture of cells are cryopreserved and prepared as the composition at the manufacturing site.
- Cells are harvested at passage 4 day 14 (approximately Day 107 as shown in FIG. 12C) using Accutase enzymes and are isolated into a single cell suspension.
- Harvested cells are then subjected to a wash step to separate live cells from any dead cells and debris generated during the harvest step.
- cells are mixed with the cryopreservation buffer and distributed into the final product container.
- the final composition is then frozen using a controlled rate freezer.
- Frozen composition is then sent out to the clinical site, where the PRC composition would be rapidly thawed and diluted using the GS2 Diluent for Subretinal Injection (GS2+).
- the diluted PRC composition is then mixed before being loaded into a syringe and delivered to the patient via sub- retinal injection.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic demonstrating the manufacturing, reconstitution and injection process flow for formulated photoreceptor rescue cells.
- the formulation containing 5% DMSO showed similar viability with the formulation of the invention containing 10% DMSO (see FIG. 14B), while both formulations showed higher viability than the commercially-available CryoStor® CS10. Top performing formulations were selected for further analysis.
- OMR OMR was recorded in 300k rdlO mice injected with PRCs in cryopreservative (same as for previous rdlO mice, subretinal injection at P14) (FIG. 16A). PRCs in cryopreservative were functionally efficacious at P35 and P42. But at P49, OMR is absent in both vehicle and PRCs in cryopreservative eyes. OMR analysis of RCS rats injected at P25 with 100,000 cells/eye of GB2R- PRC (CN2 lot); GB2R-PRCs (P3 INT DS); or GB2R-PRCs (PRCs in cryopreservative) (FIG.
- FIGs. 17A and 17B show ONL after injection of GS2 with or without IMT (e.g., dexamethasone (Dex) and/or cyclosporine (CsA)).
- IMT e.g., dexamethasone (Dex) and/or cyclosporine (CsA)
- GS2 buffer without supplemental IMT displayed least damaged morphology on optical coherence tomography (OCT) overall, including compared to balance salt solution (BSS).
- OCT optical coherence tomography
- FIGs. 18A-18C show ERG responses for each of Groups 1-4 listed above. Supplemental IMT does not significantly affect a-wave, scotopic b-wave, and photopic b-wave levels between each group.
- FIG. 19 retinal morphology of each of Groups 1-4. GFAP and DAPI staining show that each group has similar morphology and the addition of supplementary IMT does not alter retinal morphology.
- Table 16 shows the evaluation parameters and intervals of Groups 1-4 studied in Table 15.
- mice were injected between 6-8 weeks, and the mice were examined after 4 weeks.
- the GS2 buffer or control buffer was injected monocular.
- IMT, dexamethasone at 2.5 mg/kg/day was administered for 7 days, and cyclosporine at 300 mg/L was administered from DO throughout the duration of the experiment.
- FIGs. 20 and 21 show similar retinal morphology between Groups 1-3 compared to control Group 4.
- PCRs were prepared using the protocol described above and in FIGs. 12A-12C, and included a freezing step after P3, thaw, and the protocol was completed through P4. Specifically P4 PRCs with a direct/continuous process were compared to P4 PRCs that had been frozen down at the P3 passage step and thawed later to complete the differentiation.
- P4(i) refers to PRCs at P4 that were frozen and thawed between P3 and P4; “indirect”) and displayed increased focal retinal disruption at injection site with enhanced intraretinal PRC migration (FIG. 22).
- Table 17 shows the experimental design comparing P4(i)(“indirect”) and P4(d) (“direct”) PRC preparations.
- Immunosuppressive regimen included i.p. injection of dexamethasone (5 mg/kg) daily for 7 days post-surgery. Oral cyclosporine A was administered in drinking water (300mg/L), and administered from P21 to the day of sacrifice.
- FIG. 23 shows the ratio of correct versus incorrect eye movement (OMR analysis) comparing the PRC-injected right eye and the left eye control.
- the dose injected was 110k PRCs as shown for Cohort 2 in Table 16.
- P4(i) PRCs showed reduced efficacy compared to P4(d) PRCs at P35, P42, and P49 age.
- FIG. 24 shows intraretinal migration is similar between P4(i) and P4(d) using Cohort 1.
- FIG. 25 shows enhanced migration into inner plexiform layer (IPL) after treatment with P4(i) PRCs in Cohort 2.
- Table 18 shows Cohort 1 and Cohort 2 to evaluate P4(i) PRCs and investigate increased intraretinal migration/increased focal disruption in rdlO mouse model compared to rats.
- FIGs. 26 and 27 show Cohort 1 and Cohort 2, respectively.
- P4(i) P4 vis cell stock
- FIG. 29 shows eyes injected with PRCs prepared using CellSTACK® vessels compared to PDL -precoated flasks at D7 and D38 (7 days post injection and 38 days post injection, respectively).
- the graft size in 6 out of 10 eyes was increased when using CellSTACK® PRCs, and one eye had an abnormally large graft when comparing D7 and D38.
- Subretinal injections and immunohistochemistry (IHC) were performed as described above.
- FIGs. 30-34 shows IHC marker to evaluate engraftment after injection at D38. Markers stained for include: Human Nuclear Antigen (HuNu) (for evaluating engraftment) (FIGs.
- Human Nuclear Antigen Human Nuclear Antigen
- CAR Cone Arrestin
- DAPI for evaluating ONL Thickness and preservation of rods/cones
- GFAP for evaluating Muller gliosis, also secondary marker for PRC
- IBA1 for evaluating microglia/macrophage
- Ki67 for evaluating proliferation
- Oct4 for evaluating pluripotency
- FIG. 30B Arrows in FIG. 30B are pointing to examples of good cone preservation. Examples of preserved cone processes were more frequent when treated with CellSTACK® PRCs. Examples where ONL is 3-5+ layers thick across wide region more frequent in CellSTACK® group.
- FIG. 31 shows IHC of GFAP in each test group. PRCs continue to express GFAP and show Muller glia activation.
- FIG. 32 shows IBA staining in each test group.
- the CellSTACK® showed slightly higher IBA infiltration compared to the other groups. Arrows show microglial infiltration.
- FIG. 33 shows Ki67 levels in each of the three groups. Higher levels of Ki67 was found in the CellSTACK® group. However, Ki67+ cells are a minority, suggesting limited proliferation over time.
- FIG. 34 shows PRCs from all three groups are negative for the pluripotent marker Oct4.
- FIG. 35 shows a schematic of the experimental design for delayed injection assays. Rats were injected at P25, P45, and P60 after disease onset. OMR and ERG readings were taken between P60 and Pl 50, after which the eyes were harvested for IHC.
- FIG. 36A shows OMR readings taken at P60 (note for FIG. 36A injected eyes were analyzed at P62), P90, P120, and P190. OMR readings taken on eyes that had been injected the earliest, at P25, showed steady threshold response over the timecourse. Whereas, eyes which were injected at the later timepoint of P60 showed reduced threshold response over the timecourse, but higher threshold response compared to negative controls.
- FIG. 36B shows ERG readings taken at P60, P90, P120, and P150. Delayed injection does not result in detectable preservation of ERG. Injection at P25 resulted in detectable levels of ERG that decreased over the timecourse. Preservation of photoreceptors by later injections could be below detection by ERG.
- FIG. 37 shows IHC of engraftment and preservation. Quantification of engraftment and preservation is shown in FIGs. 38A-39B. Engraftment is calculated by the following formula:
- Engraftment length of subrentinal graft in section/length of retina
- ONL Preservation is calculated by the following formula:
- ONL Preservation length of ONL in section / length of retina
- the rate of engraftment was similar between cell-injected groups, with 2 of 4 eyes for Group 1 and 3 of 4 eyes from Group 2 displaying HNA+ cell grafts.
- the injection of PRCs was associated with nonsignificant trends toward enrichment in elongate cone morphology when staining for cone arrestin, or thickened ONL when evaluating the DAPI stain.
- the intensity of GFAP staining in Muller glia was significant in all study eyes, consistent with the phenotype of this model and the retinal degeneration.
- Reference Article Preparation of GS2+/cryobujfer injection mixture. Cryobuffer was added to the GS2+ medium at a 1:4 ratio to generate the injection mixture. The GS2+/cryobuffer injection mixture was utilized as diluent for the Test Articles (ASP1819/PRC) as well as the vehicle control for injections in this study.
- Test Articles Preparation of ASP1819/PRC Cells. Cryopreserved ASP1819/PRCs were stored in the vapor phase of a liquid nitrogen (LN2) storage tank at temperatures ⁇ -135°C until the day of transplantation. The ASP1819/PRC cells were thawed and diluted with GS2+ medium. Reconstituted cell suspensions were stored at 2-8°C and assessed for viable cell number. After concentration to the target cell density (approximately 125,000 live cells/pL) and viability (approximately 70% or ⁇ 60%) in GS2+/cryobuffer injection mixture, the test articles were delivered for injection within ⁇ 4 hours of being concentrated.
- LN2 liquid nitrogen
- mice The cohort of 14 rdlO mice was randomized to two dose groups as described in Table 18. All mice received subretinal injection of 1 pL PRC cells (either >70% or ⁇ 60% viability) in the right eye (OD) via transcleral route of administration under anesthesia. The left eye (OS) was either injected with the vehicle solution, or remained uninjected. From the injection date through the terminal sacrifice, animals were evaluated as indicated in Table 19. Analyses compared measurements between the 4 groups of eyes (>70% PRC, ⁇ 60% PRC, Vehicle, Uninjected). Mice were euthanized at day 37+3 after surgery, or roughly at age P50.
- the dosing apparatus micro syringes (Hamilton 600 series) with 34 ga blunt needles (Hamilton #207434), was prefilled with cell suspension or vehicle prior to the surgery.
- Test animals were administered ketamine/xylazine cocktail for anesthesia, and Ethiqa for pre-operative analgesia.
- ketamine/xylazine cocktail for anesthesia
- Ethiqa for pre-operative analgesia.
- Betadine eye drops (5%, sterile ophthalmic grade) were administered to the eye for topical disinfection of the globe, and artificial tears were applied to rinse the excess betadine from the eye.
- Proparacaine eye drops were applied to numb the eye and surrounding tissue, as well as phenylephrine (2.5%) and tropicamide eye drops to dilate the pupils.
- excess solution was removed using a fabric-tipped swab.
- a hole was cut in the conjunctiva to expose the sclera. Using a 30 ga beveled needle, a pilot hole was made on the limbal area.
- the micro syringe with 34 ga needle containing cell suspension or vehicle buffer was inserted into the hole under visual guidance and injection material is ejected into the eye via manual depression of the plunger. Following the injection, the needle was slowly removed from the eye, and the animal was placed on the opposite side to perform the injection procedures on the second eye (if applicable, for Vehicle injections). Immediately after injection procedures, OCT imaging was performed to evaluate injection success. After imaging, erythromycin (0.5%) ophthalmic ointment was applied to the surgical site for both anti-microbial and lubricating functions. Antisedan (atipamezole, 2 mg/kg) is administered IP to aid in the recovery process. Subcutaneous saline was administered for hydration. Finally, the animal was moved to a heated cage to prevent hypothermia until sternal recumbency, and subsequent return to its home cage.
- OMR Optomotor Response
- the optomotor response was measured using the Phenosys qOMR system.
- Head tracking responses to drifting gratings of varying spatial frequencies (0.05-0.6 cycles/degree, in 0.05 cycles/degree increments) was measured for all animals twice on separate days at 4 timepoints (Days 14+3, 21+3, 28+3, and 35+3 post surgery), and values were averaged to generate OMR response curves.
- Mice were placed unrestrained on an elevated platform in the center of an arena enclosed on 4 sides by monitors to simulate the presentation of a rotating cylinder with vertical sine wave gratings.
- the ratio of time spent with head movements in the preferred direction, over that in the non-preferred direction, was calculated, and the value of that ratio was considered the strength of tracking. Averaged values greater than 1.2 indicated the presence of tracking at that spatial frequency.
- Prior to the first timepoint collection once 1-7 days prior, animals will be introduced to the apparatus for acclimation.
- Optical Coherence Tomography OCT
- SD-OCT Spectral domain optical coherence tomography
- Mice were anesthetized via IP injection or inhalation of anesthetic agents.
- Phenylephrine and tropicamide were applied to eyes to dilate pupils for better imaging of the retina.
- Lubricating eye drops were applied to maintain ocular clarity for imaging.
- B-scans were acquired using the imaging system at the injection site to visualize the cell graft. At the end of imaging sessions, mice were moved to a heated cage to prevent hypothermia until sternal recumbency, and subsequent return to their home cages.
- Table 21 Scores for Vitreous Cells and Retinal Detachment from Eye Examination. Eyes displaying abnormalities are indicated in red font. Data for full eye examination
- OMR Optomotor Response
- OCT Optical Coherence Tomography
- OCT was performed on DO, 9, and 35 (FIGs. 41A-41F).
- DO OCT confirmed subretinal bleb formation in right eyes from Group 1, except for animal 11-F, which was ultimately found dead on DI.
- DO OCT confirmed subretinal bleb formation in all eyes in that group.
- D9 OCT confirmed subretinal material persisting in all of 4 right eyes from surviving mice in Group 1 , and all of 4 right eyes from surviving mice in Group 2.
- Mouse #8 from group 2 displayed a large retinal detachment at D9, that persisted through D35, at which point the graft appeared to round up.
- D35 OCT confirmed varying sizes of subretinal material across both cell-treated groups.
- Necropsy was performed at the terminal timepoint, on Day 38. No abnormalities were observed. Weights from brains, hearts, livers, kidneys, spleens, lungs, thymus, ovaries and testes were taken. Outside of a decrease in thymus weight between Groups 1 and 2 (0.081+0.012 g (Grp. 1) vs. 0.0447+0.0085 g (Grp. 2)), no other organs were statistically different between experimental groups. Values were similar compared to those from a naive NIH-III mouse (data not shown).
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Acoustics & Sound (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Photoreceptors In Electrophotography (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Material From Animals Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
Abstract
Description
Claims
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
AU2023330893A AU2023330893A1 (en) | 2022-08-23 | 2023-08-21 | Photoreceptor rescue cell (prc) compositions and methods for treatment of ocular disorders |
IL318429A IL318429A (en) | 2022-08-23 | 2023-08-21 | Photoreceptor rescue cell (prc) compositions and methods for treatment of ocular disorders |
CONC2025/0003422A CO2025003422A2 (en) | 2022-08-23 | 2025-03-17 | Photoreceptor rescue cell (PRC) compositions and methods for the treatment of ocular disorders |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US202263373298P | 2022-08-23 | 2022-08-23 | |
US63/373,298 | 2022-08-23 | ||
US202263432948P | 2022-12-15 | 2022-12-15 | |
US63/432,948 | 2022-12-15 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2024044134A1 true WO2024044134A1 (en) | 2024-02-29 |
Family
ID=88018057
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2023/030699 WO2024044134A1 (en) | 2022-08-23 | 2023-08-21 | Photoreceptor rescue cell (prc) compositions and methods for treatment of ocular disorders |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
AU (1) | AU2023330893A1 (en) |
CO (1) | CO2025003422A2 (en) |
IL (1) | IL318429A (en) |
TW (1) | TW202417614A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2024044134A1 (en) |
Citations (16)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5486359A (en) | 1990-11-16 | 1996-01-23 | Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. | Human mesenchymal stem cells |
US6991897B2 (en) | 1998-12-07 | 2006-01-31 | Duke University | Method of isolating stem cells |
US7015037B1 (en) | 1999-08-05 | 2006-03-21 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Multiponent adult stem cells and methods for isolation |
US7399632B2 (en) | 1999-07-07 | 2008-07-15 | Angioblast Systems, Incorporated | Mesenchymal precursor cell |
US7410773B2 (en) | 1995-02-02 | 2008-08-12 | Ghazi Jaswinder Dhoot | Method of preparing an undifferentiated cell |
US7410798B2 (en) | 2001-01-10 | 2008-08-12 | Geron Corporation | Culture system for rapid expansion of human embryonic stem cells |
US7422736B2 (en) | 2002-07-26 | 2008-09-09 | Food Industry Research And Development Institute | Somatic pluripotent cells |
WO2012145384A1 (en) | 2011-04-20 | 2012-10-26 | University Of Washington Through Its Center For Commercialization | Beta-2 microglobulin-deficient cells |
US20130273544A1 (en) | 2012-04-17 | 2013-10-17 | Life Technologies Corporation | Methods and compositions for exosome isolation |
WO2013158292A1 (en) | 2012-04-17 | 2013-10-24 | University Of Washington Through Its Center For Commercialization | Hla class ii deficient cells, hla class i deficient cells capable of expressing hla class ii proteins, and uses thereof |
US20130337440A1 (en) | 2012-06-14 | 2013-12-19 | System Biosciences, Llc | Methods for microvesicle isolation and selective removal |
US20150328262A1 (en) * | 2011-05-18 | 2015-11-19 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Compositions and methods for treating retinal diseases |
WO2017031312A1 (en) | 2015-08-18 | 2017-02-23 | Astellas Institute For Regenerative Medicine | Clinical formulations |
WO2017176810A1 (en) * | 2016-04-04 | 2017-10-12 | Biotime, Inc. | Pluripotent stem cell-derived 3d retinal tissue and uses thereof |
EP3992280A1 (en) * | 2020-10-30 | 2022-05-04 | Kugelmeiers Ltd. | Method for the generation of neurospheres |
WO2022150541A1 (en) * | 2021-01-07 | 2022-07-14 | Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center | Methods of generating cortical excitatory neurons |
-
2023
- 2023-08-21 AU AU2023330893A patent/AU2023330893A1/en active Pending
- 2023-08-21 WO PCT/US2023/030699 patent/WO2024044134A1/en active Application Filing
- 2023-08-21 IL IL318429A patent/IL318429A/en unknown
- 2023-08-21 TW TW112131382A patent/TW202417614A/en unknown
-
2025
- 2025-03-17 CO CONC2025/0003422A patent/CO2025003422A2/en unknown
Patent Citations (16)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5486359A (en) | 1990-11-16 | 1996-01-23 | Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. | Human mesenchymal stem cells |
US7410773B2 (en) | 1995-02-02 | 2008-08-12 | Ghazi Jaswinder Dhoot | Method of preparing an undifferentiated cell |
US6991897B2 (en) | 1998-12-07 | 2006-01-31 | Duke University | Method of isolating stem cells |
US7399632B2 (en) | 1999-07-07 | 2008-07-15 | Angioblast Systems, Incorporated | Mesenchymal precursor cell |
US7015037B1 (en) | 1999-08-05 | 2006-03-21 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Multiponent adult stem cells and methods for isolation |
US7410798B2 (en) | 2001-01-10 | 2008-08-12 | Geron Corporation | Culture system for rapid expansion of human embryonic stem cells |
US7422736B2 (en) | 2002-07-26 | 2008-09-09 | Food Industry Research And Development Institute | Somatic pluripotent cells |
WO2012145384A1 (en) | 2011-04-20 | 2012-10-26 | University Of Washington Through Its Center For Commercialization | Beta-2 microglobulin-deficient cells |
US20150328262A1 (en) * | 2011-05-18 | 2015-11-19 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Compositions and methods for treating retinal diseases |
US20130273544A1 (en) | 2012-04-17 | 2013-10-17 | Life Technologies Corporation | Methods and compositions for exosome isolation |
WO2013158292A1 (en) | 2012-04-17 | 2013-10-24 | University Of Washington Through Its Center For Commercialization | Hla class ii deficient cells, hla class i deficient cells capable of expressing hla class ii proteins, and uses thereof |
US20130337440A1 (en) | 2012-06-14 | 2013-12-19 | System Biosciences, Llc | Methods for microvesicle isolation and selective removal |
WO2017031312A1 (en) | 2015-08-18 | 2017-02-23 | Astellas Institute For Regenerative Medicine | Clinical formulations |
WO2017176810A1 (en) * | 2016-04-04 | 2017-10-12 | Biotime, Inc. | Pluripotent stem cell-derived 3d retinal tissue and uses thereof |
EP3992280A1 (en) * | 2020-10-30 | 2022-05-04 | Kugelmeiers Ltd. | Method for the generation of neurospheres |
WO2022150541A1 (en) * | 2021-01-07 | 2022-07-14 | Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center | Methods of generating cortical excitatory neurons |
Non-Patent Citations (43)
Title |
---|
"Cell Therapy", 1996, CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS, article "Stem Cell Transplantation, Gene Therapy, and Cellular Immunotherapy" |
AGATHOCLEOUSHARRIS, ANNU. REV. CELL DEV. BIOL., vol. 25, 2009, pages 45 - 69 |
BAUMER ET AL., DEVELOPMENT, vol. 130, no. 13, July 2003 (2003-07-01), pages 2903 - 15 |
BOBRIE A. ET AL., TRAFFIC, vol. 12, 2011, pages 1659 - 1668 |
BORGES F. ET AL., BRAZ. J. MED. BIOL. RES., vol. 46, 2013, pages 824 - 830 |
CAI H. ET AL., DEV. CELL, vol. 12, 2007, pages 671 - 682 |
CHUNG ET AL., CELL STEM CELL, vol. 2, 2008, pages 113 |
DA SILVA ET AL., TRENDS BIOTECHNOL, vol. 25, no. 12, December 2007 (2007-12-01), pages 577 - 83 |
FAURE J. ET AL., MOL. CELL. NEUROSCI., vol. 31, 2006, pages 642 - 648 |
FEVRIER B. ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA., vol. 101, 2004, pages 9683 - 9688 |
FISCHER A JREH T A, DEV NEUROSCI, vol. 23, no. 4-5, 2001, pages 268 - 76 |
GARCIA-LAYANA ACABRERA-LOPEZ FGARCIA-ARUMI JARIAS-BARQUET LRUIZ-MORENO JM: "Early and intermediate age-related macular degeneration: update and clinical review", CLIN INTERV AGING, vol. 12, 3 October 2017 (2017-10-03), pages 1579 - 1587, XP055939285, DOI: 10.2147/CIA.S142685 |
HARDING C.V., J. CELL BIOL., vol. 200, 2013, pages 367 - 371 |
HETTIGE NUWAN C. ET AL: "FOXG1 dose tunes cell proliferation dynamics in human forebrain progenitor cells", STEM CELL REPORTS, vol. 17, no. 3, 1 March 2022 (2022-03-01), United States, pages 475 - 488, XP093098556, ISSN: 2213-6711, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC9040178/pdf/main.pdf> DOI: 10.1016/j.stemcr.2022.01.010 * |
HSIUE ET AL., TRANSPLANTATION, vol. 81, no. 3, 15 February 2006 (2006-02-15), pages 473 - 6 |
IDE, T. ET AL., BIOMATERIALS, vol. 27, 2006, pages 607 - 614 |
IKEDA ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., vol. 102, no. 32, 2005, pages 11331 - 11336 |
INOUE ET AL., EXP. EYE RES., vol. 8, no. 2, 2007, pages 234 - 241 |
ITSKOVITZ-ELDOR ET AL., MOL MED, vol. 6, no. 2, February 2000 (2000-02-01), pages 88 - 95 |
JONES ET AL., MOLVIS, vol. 22, 2016, pages 472 - 490 |
JONES ET AL., PROTEOMICS, vol. 19, 2019, pages e1800213 |
KLIMANSKAYA ET AL.: "Human Embryonic Stem Cell lines Derived from Single Blastomeres", NATURE, vol. 444, no. 9, 2006, pages 481 - 485, XP009076989, DOI: 10.1038/nature05142 |
LAI R.C. ET AL., BIOTECHNOL. ADV., vol. 31, 2013, pages 543 - 551 |
LAMBA ET AL., PLOS ONE, vol. 5, no. 1, pages e8763 |
LAMBA ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., vol. 10, no. 34, 2006, pages 12769 - 12774 |
LI ET AL., CYTOTHERAPY, vol. 18, 2016, pages 771 - 784 |
LI ET AL., PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA., vol. 108, no. 20, 17 May 2011 (2011-05-17), pages 8299 - 304 |
NISHIDA, K. ET AL., N. ENGL. J. MED., vol. 351, 2004, pages 1187 - 1196 |
NISHIDA, K. ET AL., TRANSPLANTATION, vol. 77, 2004, pages 379 - 385 |
OBOKATA ET AL., NATURE, vol. 505, 2014, pages 676 - 680 |
OPHTHAL. VIS. SCI., vol. 45, no. 11, 2004, pages 4167 - 4175 |
SUMIDE, T. ET AL., FASEB J, vol. 20, 2005, pages 392 - 394 |
SWAROOP ET AL., NAT REV NEUROSCI., vol. 11, no. 8, August 2010 (2010-08-01), pages 563 - 76 |
TAURO ET AL., METHODS, vol. 56, 2012, pages 293 - 304 |
TAYLOR ET AL.: "Serum/Plasma Proteomics", 2011, SPRINGER SCIENCE, article "Extracellular vesicle Isolation for Proteomic Analyses and RNA Profiling" |
THERY C. ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 166, 2001, pages 7309 - 7318 |
WHITE I.J. ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 25, 2006, pages 1 - 12 |
WICKMAN G. ET AL., CELL DEATH DIFFER., vol. 19, 2012, pages 735 - 742 |
YANEZ-MΔ M. ET AL., J. EXTRACELL. VESICLES., vol. 4, 2015, pages 27066 |
YEH E ET AL: "Patient-derived iPSCs show premature neural differentiation and neuron type-specific phenotypes relevant to neurodevelopment", MOLECULAR PSYCHIATRY, NATURE PUBLISHING GROUP UK, LONDON, vol. 23, no. 8, 21 November 2017 (2017-11-21), pages 1687 - 1698, XP036619239, ISSN: 1359-4184, [retrieved on 20171121], DOI: 10.1038/MP.2017.238 * |
YIRUOSLAHTI, PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA., vol. 98, no. 2, 16 January 2001 (2001-01-16), pages 620 - 4 |
YU ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 324, no. 5928, 8 May 2009 (2009-05-08), pages 797 - 801 |
ZABOROWSKI M.P. ET AL., BIOSCIENCE, vol. 65, 2015, pages 783 - 797 |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
TW202417614A (en) | 2024-05-01 |
IL318429A (en) | 2025-03-01 |
CO2025003422A2 (en) | 2025-03-27 |
AU2023330893A1 (en) | 2025-01-30 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP7404441B2 (en) | Human RPE cell medicines and their uses | |
JP7245752B2 (en) | Photoreceptors and photoreceptor precursors generated from pluripotent stem cells | |
US20220257663A1 (en) | Photoreceptors and photoreceptor progenitors produced from pluripotent stem cells | |
US20160175361A1 (en) | Photoreceptors and photoreceptor progenitors produced from pluripotent stem cells | |
KR102073730B1 (en) | Methods of producing human rpe cells and pharmaceutical preparations of human rpe cells | |
CN103687626B (en) | Compositions and methods for treating retinal diseases | |
US20160175362A1 (en) | Photoreceptors and photoreceptor progenitors produced from pluripotent stem cells | |
CN118021843A (en) | Method for measuring efficacy of retinal disease therapy | |
US20230042830A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for generation of retinal ganglion cells from inducible pluripotent stem cells for the treatment of progressive optic neuropathies, including glaucoma | |
Greene et al. | Utility of induced pluripotent stem cell-derived retinal pigment epithelium for an in vitro model of proliferative vitreoretinopathy | |
CA3122791A1 (en) | Therapeutic drug for disease accompanied by disorders in retinal cells or retinal tissue | |
WO2024044134A1 (en) | Photoreceptor rescue cell (prc) compositions and methods for treatment of ocular disorders | |
WO2024203833A1 (en) | Organoid and method for producing same | |
CN119497622A (en) | Isolation, enrichment, and expansion of human rod progenitor cells and extracellular vesicles derived therefrom |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23768719 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: AU2023330893 Country of ref document: AU |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 318429 Country of ref document: IL |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: MX/A/2025/001320 Country of ref document: MX |
|
REG | Reference to national code |
Ref country code: BR Ref legal event code: B01A Ref document number: 112025001888 Country of ref document: BR |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: P2025-00532 Country of ref document: AE Ref document number: 2501001145 Country of ref document: TH |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2025/0209.1 Country of ref document: KZ |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 1020257008620 Country of ref document: KR |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2023768719 Country of ref document: EP |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2023768719 Country of ref document: EP Effective date: 20250324 |